Եզեկիէլ / Ezekiel - 39 |

Text:
< PreviousԵզեկիէլ - 39 Ezekiel - 39Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
Она предсказана уже в конце предшествующей главы; но желая, вследствие особенной важности ее для славы имени Божия, представить ее еще в более потрясающем виде, пророк повторяет все предсказание о нашествии Гога вкоротке (ст. 1-8), чтобы затем остановиться исключительно на гибели; описывается большая добыча, полученная от гибели неприятельского войска Израилем (9-11); так как эта добыча выразится во множестве горючего материала, то пользование ею будет собственно очищением земли от остатков нечестивого войска, каковое очищение потребует в сожжения трупов (12-16); после добычи Израиля от войск Гога описывается добыча от них зверей земных (17-20); изображение всего ужаса катастрофы заключается указанием на цель ее: для язычников - откровение славы Божией (21-24), для Израиля - окончательное восстановление его (ст. 25-29).
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
This chapter continues and concludes the prophecy against Gog and Magog, in whose destruction God crowns his favour to his people Israel, which shines very brightly after the scattering of that black cloud in the close of this chapter. Here is, I. An express prediction of the utter destruction of Gog and Magog, agreeing with what we had before, ver. 1-7. II. An illustration of the vastness of that destruction, in three consequences of it: the burning of their weapons (ver. 8-10), the burning of their slain (ver. 11-16), and the feasting of the fowls with the dead bodies of those that were unburied, ver. 17-22. III. A declaration of God's gracious purposes concerning his people Israel, in this and his other providences concerning them, and a promise of further mercy that he had yet in store for them, ver. 23-29.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The prophet goes on to denounce the Divine judgments against Gog and his army, Eze 39:1-7; and describes their dreadful slaughter, Eze 39:8-10, and burial, Eze 39:11-16, in terms so very lofty and comprehensive, as must certainly denote some very extraordinary interposition of Providence in behalf of the Jews. And to amplify the matter still more, the prophet, with peculiar art and propriety, delays the summoning of all the birds and beasts of prey in nature to feast on the slain, (in allusion to the custom of feasting on the remainder of sacrifices), till after the greater multitudes are buried; to intimate that even the remainder, and as it were the stragglers of such mighty hosts, would be more than sufficient to satisfy their utmost rapacity, Eze 39:17-20. The remaining verses contain a prediction of the great blessedness of the people of God in Gospel times, and of the stability of the kingdom of Christ, Eze 39:21-29. It will be proper to remark that the great northern expedition against the natural Israel, described in this and the preceding chapter, is, from its striking resemblance in the main particulars, put by the writer of the Apocalypse, (Eze 20:7-10), for a much more formidable armament of a multitude of nations in the four quarters of the earth against the pure Christian Church, the Mystical Israel; an event still extremely remote, and which it is thought shall immediately precede the destruction of the world by fire, and the general judgment.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Eze 39:1, God's judgment upon Gog; Eze 39:8, Israel's victory; Eze 39:11, Gog's burial in Hamon-gog; Eze 39:17, The feast of the fowls; Eze 39:21, Israel having been plagued for their sins, Eze 39:25. shall be gathered again with eternal favour.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO EZEKIEL 39
This chapter is a continuation of the prophecy of the destruction of Gog, which is both repeated, and more largely described, Ezek 39:1, then follows an account of the burning of his weapons of war, which will last seven years in burning, during which time there will be no need of the use of wood, Ezek 39:9, and of the burial of him, and many of his army; the place where, and the time that will be taken up in doing this, even seven months, are observed, Ezek 39:11, and every feathered fowl and beast of the field are called upon to feed on the flesh of those that are left unburied, Ezek 39:17 and by all this the glory of the Lord will be seen, known, and acknowledged, both by the Heathens, and by the house of Israel, Ezek 39:21, and the former will also be informed that the present captivity of the Jews has been for their sins and transgressions, Ezek 39:23, and the chapter is concluded with a promise of their return from captivity, when they shall know the Lord, and their interest in him; who will after this no more hide his face from them, but pour out his Spirit upon them, under whose influence they shall ever continue, Ezek 39:25.
39:139:1: Եւ դու որդի մարդոյ մարգարեա՛ ՚ի վերայ Գովգայ՝ եւ ասասցես. Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ահաւասիկ ե՛ս ՚ի վերայ քո Գովգ՝ իշխանդ Ռովսմեսովքայ եւ Թոբելայ[12915]. [12915] Ոսկան. Իշխան Ռովմեսոքայ։
1 «Դո՛ւ էլ, մարդո՛ւ որդի, մարգարէացի՛ր Գոգի մասին ու ասա՛. “Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. ահա ես քեզ դէմ եմ, Գո՛գ, իշխա՛նդ Ռոսմեսոքի ու Թոբէլի:
39 «Դո՛ւն, որդի՛ մարդոյ, Գոգին վրայով մարգարէութիւն ըրէ՛ ու ըսէ՛, Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Ահա ես քեզի դէմ եմ, ո՛վ Գոգ, Ռովսի, Մոսոքի ու Թոբէլի իշխան։
Եւ դու, որդի մարդոյ, մարգարեաց ի վերայ Գովգայ եւ ասասցես. Այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ահաւասիկ ես ի վերայ քո, Գովգ` իշխանդ [836]Ռովսմեսովքայ եւ Թոբելայ:

39:1: Եւ դու որդի մարդոյ մարգարեա՛ ՚ի վերայ Գովգայ՝ եւ ասասցես. Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ահաւասիկ ե՛ս ՚ի վերայ քո Գովգ՝ իշխանդ Ռովսմեսովքայ եւ Թոբելայ[12915].
[12915] Ոսկան. Իշխան Ռովմեսոքայ։
1 «Դո՛ւ էլ, մարդո՛ւ որդի, մարգարէացի՛ր Գոգի մասին ու ասա՛. “Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. ահա ես քեզ դէմ եմ, Գո՛գ, իշխա՛նդ Ռոսմեսոքի ու Թոբէլի:
39 «Դո՛ւն, որդի՛ մարդոյ, Գոգին վրայով մարգարէութիւն ըրէ՛ ու ըսէ՛, Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Ահա ես քեզի դէմ եմ, ո՛վ Գոգ, Ռովսի, Մոսոքի ու Թոբէլի իշխան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:139:1 Ты же, сын человеческий, изреки пророчество на Гога и скажи: так говорит Господь Бог: вот, Я на тебя, Гог, князь Роша, Мешеха и Фувала!
39:1 καὶ και and; even σύ συ you υἱὲ υιος son ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human προφήτευσον προφητευω prophesy ἐπὶ επι in; on Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog καὶ και and; even εἰπόν επω say; speak τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἐγὼ εγω I ἐπὶ επι in; on σὲ σε.1 you Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog ἄρχοντα αρχων ruling; ruler Ρως ρως and; even Θοβελ θοβελ Thobel; Thovel
39:1 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind הִנָּבֵ֣א hinnāvˈē נבא speak as prophet עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon גֹּ֔וג gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog וְ wᵊ וְ and אָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ ʔˈāmartˈā אמר say כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH הִנְנִ֤י hinnˈî הִנֵּה behold אֵלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔēlˈeʸḵā אֶל to גֹּ֔וג gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog נְשִׂ֕יא nᵊśˈî נָשִׂיא chief רֹ֖אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head מֶ֥שֶׁךְ mˌešeḵ מֶשֶׁךְ Meshech וְ wᵊ וְ and תֻבָֽל׃ ṯuvˈāl תֻּבַל Tubal
39:1. tu autem fili hominis vaticinare adversum Gog et dices haec dicit Dominus Deus ecce ego super te Gog principem capitis Mosoch et ThubalAnd thou, son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say: Thus saith the Lord God: Behold, I come against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Mosoch and Thubal.
1. And thou, son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD: Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, prince of Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal:
39:1. “But as for you, son of man, prophesy against Gog, and you shall say: Thus says the Lord God: Behold, I am above you, O Gog, prince of the head of Meshech and Tubal.
39:1. Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I [am] against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal:
[861] Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I [am] against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal:

39:1 Ты же, сын человеческий, изреки пророчество на Гога и скажи: так говорит Господь Бог: вот, Я на тебя, Гог, князь Роша, Мешеха и Фувала!
39:1
καὶ και and; even
σύ συ you
υἱὲ υιος son
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
προφήτευσον προφητευω prophesy
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
καὶ και and; even
εἰπόν επω say; speak
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐπὶ επι in; on
σὲ σε.1 you
Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
ἄρχοντα αρχων ruling; ruler
Ρως ρως and; even
Θοβελ θοβελ Thobel; Thovel
39:1
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind
הִנָּבֵ֣א hinnāvˈē נבא speak as prophet
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
גֹּ֔וג gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ ʔˈāmartˈā אמר say
כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus
אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
הִנְנִ֤י hinnˈî הִנֵּה behold
אֵלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔēlˈeʸḵā אֶל to
גֹּ֔וג gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog
נְשִׂ֕יא nᵊśˈî נָשִׂיא chief
רֹ֖אשׁ rˌōš רֹאשׁ head
מֶ֥שֶׁךְ mˌešeḵ מֶשֶׁךְ Meshech
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תֻבָֽל׃ ṯuvˈāl תֻּבַל Tubal
39:1. tu autem fili hominis vaticinare adversum Gog et dices haec dicit Dominus Deus ecce ego super te Gog principem capitis Mosoch et Thubal
And thou, son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say: Thus saith the Lord God: Behold, I come against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Mosoch and Thubal.
39:1. “But as for you, son of man, prophesy against Gog, and you shall say: Thus says the Lord God: Behold, I am above you, O Gog, prince of the head of Meshech and Tubal.
39:1. Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I [am] against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1. См. объяснение XXXVIII:2, который здесь сокращен, как и естественно в повторении.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1 Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord GOD; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: 2 And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel: 3 And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand. 4 Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured. 5 Thou shalt fall upon the open field: for I have spoken it, saith the Lord GOD. 6 And I will send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: and they shall know that I am the LORD. 7 So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel; and I will not let them pollute my holy name any more: and the heathen shall know that I am the LORD, the Holy One in Israel.
This prophecy begins as that before (ch. xxxviii. 3, 4, I am against thee, and I will turn thee back); for there is need of line upon line, both for the conviction of Israel's enemies and the comfort of Israel's friends. Here, as there, it is foretold that God will bring this enemy from the north parts, as formerly the Chaldeans were fetched from the north, Jer. i. 14 (Omne malum ab aquilone--Every evil comes from the north), and, long after, the Roman empire was overrun by the northern nations, that he will bring him upon the mountains of Israel (v. 2), first as a place of temptation, where the measures of his iniquity shall be filled up, and then as a place of execution, where his ruin shall be completed. And that is it which is here enlarged upon. 1. His soldiers shall be disarmed and so disabled to carry on their enterprise. Though the men of might may find their hands, yet to what purpose, when they find it is put out of their power to do mischief, when God shall smite their bow out of their left hand and their arrow out of their right? v. 3. Note, The weapons formed against Zion shall not prosper. 2. He and the greatest part of his army shall be slain in the field of battle (v. 4): Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel; there they sinned, and there they shall perish, even upon the holy mountains of Israel, for there broke he the arrows of the bow, Ps. lxxvi. 3. The mountains of Israel shall be moistened, and fattened, and made fruitful, with the blood of the enemies. "Thou shalt fall upon the open field (v. 5) and shalt not be able even there to make thy escape." Even upon the mountains he shall not find a pass that he shall be able to maintain, and upon the open field he shall not find a road that he shall be able to make his escape by. He and his bands; his regular troops, and the people that are with him that follow the camp to share in the plunder, shall all fall with him. Note, Those that cast in their lot among wicked people (Prov. i. 14), that they may have one purse with them, must expect to take their lot with them, and fare as they fare, taking the worse with the better. There shall be such a general slaughter made that but a sixth part shall be left (v. 2), the other five shall all be cut off. Never was army so totally routed as this. And, for its greater infamy and reproach, their bodies shall be a feast to the birds of prey, v. 4. Compare v. 17, Thou shalt fall, for I have spoken it. Note, Rather shall the most illustrious princes (Antiochus was called Epiphanes--the illustrious) and the most numerous armies fall to the ground than any word of God; for he that has spoken will make it good. 3. His country also shall be made desolate: I will send a fire on Magog (v. 6) and among those that dwell carelessly, or confidently, in the isles, that is, the nations of the Gentiles. He designed to destroy the land of Israel, but shall not only be defeated in that design, but shall have his own destroyed by some fire, some consuming judgment or other. Note, Those who invade other people's rights justly lose their own. 4. God will by all this advance the honour of his own name, (1.) Among his people Israel; they shall hereby know more of God's name, of his power and goodness, his care of them, his faithfulness to them. His providence concerning them shall lead them into a better acquaintance with him; every providence should do so, as well as every ordinance: I will make my holy name known in the midst of my people. In Judah is God known; but those that know much of God should know more of him; we should especially increase in the knowledge of his name as a holy name. They shall know him as a God of perfect purity and rectitude and that hates all sin, and then it follows, I will not let them pollute my holy name any more. Note, Those that rightly know God's holy name will not dare to profane it; for it is through ignorance of it that men make light of it and make bold with it. And this is God's method of dealing with men, first to enlighten their understandings, and by that means to influence the whole man; he first makes us to know his holy name, and so keeps us from polluting it and engages us to honour it. And this is here the blessed effect of God's glorious appearances on the behalf of his people. Thus he completes his favours, thus he sanctifies them, thus he makes them blessings indeed; by them he instructs his people and reforms them. When the Almighty scattered kings for her she was white as snow in Salmon, Ps. lxviii. 14. (2.) Among the heathen; those that never knew it, or would not own it, shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel. They shall be made to know by dearbought experience that he is a God of power, and his people's God and Saviour; and it is in vain for the greatest potentates to contend with him; none ever hardened their heart against him and prospered.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:1: The present chapter describes the defeat of Evil and the triumph of God and His people. As the prophet predicted the advance of Evil under the figure of the invasion of an actual army; so he declares the overthrow of Evil by the figure of a host routed and slain, and the consequent purification of a land, partially overrun and disturbed. Some forgetting that this is a figure, have searched history to find out some campaign in the land of Israel, some overthrow of invaders, on which to fix this prophecy, and have assigned localities to the burial-place "Hamon-Gog" Eze 39:11.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:1: son: Eze 38:2, Eze 38:3
Behold: Eze 35:3; Nah 2:13, Nah 3:5
the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: Or, "prince of Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal." Eze 38:2
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
39:1
Further Description of the Judgment to Fall upon Gog and his Hosts
Ezek 39:1-8. General announcement of his destruction. - Ezek 39:1. And thou, son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Behold, I will deal with thee, Gog, thou prince of Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal. Ezek 39:2. I will mislead thee, and conduct thee, and cause thee to come up from the uttermost north, and bring thee to the mountains of Israel; Ezek 39:3. And will smite thy bow from thy left hand, and cause thine arrows to fall from thy right hand. Ezek 39:4. Upon the mountains of Israel wilt thou fall, thou and all thy hosts, and the peoples which are with thee: I give thee for food to the birds of prey of every plumage, and to the beasts of the field. Ezek 39:5. Upon the open field shalt thou fall, for I have spoken it, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. Ezek 39:6. And I will send fire in Magog, and among those who dwell in security upon the islands, that they may know that I am Jehovah. Ezek 39:7. I will make known my holy name in the midst of my people Israel, and will not let my holy name be profaned any more, that the nations may know that I am Jehovah, holy in Israel. Ezek 39:8. Behold, it comes and happens, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah; this is the day of which I spoke. - The further description of the judgment with which Gog and his hosts are threatened in Ezek 38:21-23, commences with a repetition of the command to the prophet to prophesy against Gog (Ezek 39:1, cf. Ezek 38:2-3). The principal contents of Ezek 38:4-15 are then briefly summed up in Ezek 39:2. שׁבבתּיך, as in Ezek 38:4, is strengthened by שׁשּׁתיך, שׁשׁא, ἁπαχ λεγ.., is not connected with שׁשׁ in the sense of "I leave a sixth part of thee remaining," or afflict thee with six punishments; but in the Ethiopic it signifies to proceed, or to climb, and here, accordingly, it is used in the sense of leading on (lxx καθοδηγήσω σε, or, according to another reading, κατάξω; Vulg. educam). For Ezek 39:2, compare Ezek 38:15 and Ezek 38:8. In the land of Israel, God will strike his weapons out of his hands, i.e., make him incapable of fighting (for the fact itself, compare the similar figures in Ps 37:15; Ps 46:10), and give him up with all his army as a prey to death. עיט, a beast of prey, is more precisely defined by צפּור, and still further strengthened by the genitive כּל־כּנף: birds of prey of every kind. The judgment will not be confined to the destruction of the army of Gog, which has invaded the land of Israel, but (Ezek 39:6) will also extend to the land of Gog, and to all the heathen nations that are dwelling in security. אשׁ, fire, primarily the fire of war; then, in a further sense, a figure denoting destruction inflicted directly by God, as in Ezek 38:22, which is therefore represented in Rev_ 20:9 as fire falling from heaven. Magog is the population of the land of Magog (Ezek 38:2). With this the inhabitants of the distant coastlands of the west (the איּים) are associated, as representatives of the remotest heathen nations. Ezek 39:7, Ezek 39:8. By this judgment the Lord will make known His holy name in Israel, and show the heathen that He will not let it be blasphemed by them any more. For the fact itself, compare Ezek 36:20. For Ezek 39:8, compare Ezek 21:12, and for היּום, see Ezek 38:18-19.
John Gill
39:1 Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog,.... As he had been ordered to do before, and must still continue to do it:
behold, I am against thee, O Gog; which is repeated for the confirmation of it, and to inject terror into him; for terrible it is to have God against any:
the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal; See Gill on Ezek 38:2, the Septuagint version adds "Ros" here as there.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:1 CONTINUATION OF THE PROPHECY AGAINST GOG. (Eze. 39:1-29)
Repeated from Ezek 38:3, to impress the prophecy more on the mind.
39:239:2: եւ ժողովեցից զքեզ եւ առաջնորդեցից քեզ. եւ հանից զքեզ ՚ի ծագաց հիւսւսոյ, եւ ածից զքեզ ՚ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայէլի[12916]։ [12916] Առ Ոսկանայ պակասի. Ժողովեցից զքեզ. եւ առաջնորդեցից քեզ։
2 Հաւաքելու եմ քեզ եւ առաջնորդելու եմ, հանելու եմ քեզ հիւսիսի կողմերից ու բերելու եմ քեզ Իսրայէլի լեռները:
2 Ես քեզ պիտի շրջապատեմ, քեզ պիտի տանիմ եւ հիւսիսի ծայրերէն քեզ պիտի հանեմ ու քեզ Իսրայէլի լեռներուն վրայ պիտի բերեմ։
եւ ժողովեցից`` զքեզ եւ առաջնորդեցից քեզ, եւ հանից զքեզ ի ծագաց հիւսիսոյ, եւ ածից զքեզ ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայելի:

39:2: եւ ժողովեցից զքեզ եւ առաջնորդեցից քեզ. եւ հանից զքեզ ՚ի ծագաց հիւսւսոյ, եւ ածից զքեզ ՚ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայէլի[12916]։
[12916] Առ Ոսկանայ պակասի. Ժողովեցից զքեզ. եւ առաջնորդեցից քեզ։
2 Հաւաքելու եմ քեզ եւ առաջնորդելու եմ, հանելու եմ քեզ հիւսիսի կողմերից ու բերելու եմ քեզ Իսրայէլի լեռները:
2 Ես քեզ պիտի շրջապատեմ, քեզ պիտի տանիմ եւ հիւսիսի ծայրերէն քեզ պիտի հանեմ ու քեզ Իսրայէլի լեռներուն վրայ պիտի բերեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:239:2 И поверну тебя, и поведу тебя, и выведу тебя от краев севера, и приведу тебя на горы Израилевы.
39:2 καὶ και and; even συνάξω συναγω gather σε σε.1 you καὶ και and; even καθοδηγήσω καθοδηγεω you καὶ και and; even ἀναβιβῶ αναβιβαζω pull up; mount σε σε.1 you ἀπ᾿ απο from; away ἐσχάτου εσχατος last; farthest part τοῦ ο the βορρᾶ βορρας north wind καὶ και and; even ἀνάξω αναγω lead up; head up σε σε.1 you ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the ὄρη ορος mountain; mount τοῦ ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
39:2 וְ wᵊ וְ and שֹׁבַבְתִּ֨יךָ֙ šōvavtˈîḵā שׁוב return וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׁשֵּׁאתִ֔יךָ šiššēṯˈîḵā שׁשׁא walk וְ wᵊ וְ and הַעֲלִיתִ֖יךָ haʕᵃlîṯˌîḵā עלה ascend מִ mi מִן from יַּרְכְּתֵ֣י yyarkᵊṯˈê יַרְכָּה backside צָפֹ֑ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north וַ wa וְ and הֲבִאֹותִ֖ךָ hᵃviʔôṯˌiḵā בוא come עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָרֵ֥י hārˌê הַר mountain יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
39:2. et circumagam te et seducam te et ascendere faciam de lateribus aquilonis et adducam te super montes IsrahelAnd I will turn thee round, and I will lead thee out, and will make thee go up from the northern parts: and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.
2. and I will turn thee about, and will lead thee on, and will cause thee to come up from the uttermost parts of the north; and I will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel:
39:2. And I will turn you around, and I will lead you away, and I will cause you to rise up from the parts of the north. And I will bring you over the mountains of Israel.
39:2. And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel:
And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel:

39:2 И поверну тебя, и поведу тебя, и выведу тебя от краев севера, и приведу тебя на горы Израилевы.
39:2
καὶ και and; even
συνάξω συναγω gather
σε σε.1 you
καὶ και and; even
καθοδηγήσω καθοδηγεω you
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβιβῶ αναβιβαζω pull up; mount
σε σε.1 you
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
ἐσχάτου εσχατος last; farthest part
τοῦ ο the
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
καὶ και and; even
ἀνάξω αναγω lead up; head up
σε σε.1 you
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
ὄρη ορος mountain; mount
τοῦ ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
39:2
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שֹׁבַבְתִּ֨יךָ֙ šōvavtˈîḵā שׁוב return
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׁשֵּׁאתִ֔יךָ šiššēṯˈîḵā שׁשׁא walk
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַעֲלִיתִ֖יךָ haʕᵃlîṯˌîḵā עלה ascend
מִ mi מִן from
יַּרְכְּתֵ֣י yyarkᵊṯˈê יַרְכָּה backside
צָפֹ֑ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north
וַ wa וְ and
הֲבִאֹותִ֖ךָ hᵃviʔôṯˌiḵā בוא come
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָרֵ֥י hārˌê הַר mountain
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
39:2. et circumagam te et seducam te et ascendere faciam de lateribus aquilonis et adducam te super montes Israhel
And I will turn thee round, and I will lead thee out, and will make thee go up from the northern parts: and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.
39:2. And I will turn you around, and I will lead you away, and I will cause you to rise up from the parts of the north. And I will bring you over the mountains of Israel.
39:2. And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
2. “Поверну” - см. объяснение XXXVIII:4. - “Поведу тебя”. Евр. шишшетиха - странная форма от нигде не употребленного (ap. leg.) глагола шаа, в котором предполагают значение «водить на помочах»; LXX kaqodhghsw, “наставлю”, Вульг. educam; другие, предполагая корень шеш, “шесть”: “накажу тебя 6: карами” (перечисленными в XXXVIII:22), или: “оставлю от тебя шестую часть”. Тарг.: “обольщу”. Пешито: “соберу”. - “От краев севра” - см. объяснение XXXVIII:6. - “Горы Израилевы”XXXVIII:8.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:2: And leave but the sixth part of thee - The margin has, strike thee with six plagues; or, draw thee back with a hook of six teeth.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:2: The chief prince - Or, "prince of Rosh."
And leave but the sixth part of thee - Or, and lead thee along (Septuagint and Vulgate).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:2: I will: It is probable that none of the invaders will escape, but perhaps the inhabitants of Magog in general are meant. The immense army of Gog, led forth against Israel, will almost empty his land; and the subsequent judgments of God upon those that remain at home, will reduce them to a sixth of the whole. Psa 40:14, Psa 68:2; Isa 37:29
leave but the sixth part of thee: or, strike thee with six plagues; or, draw thee back with a hook of six teeth, as Eze 38:4. and will cause. Eze 38:15; Dan 11:40
north parts: Heb. sides of the north
Geneva 1599
39:2 And I will turn thee back, (a) and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel:
(a) Or, destroy you with six plagues, as in (Ezek 38:22).
John Gill
39:2 And I will turn thee back,.... Not from the land of Israel; for thither it is said in the latter part of the text he would bring him; but the meaning is, that he would "turn him about", as the word (w) signifies, in his own land, and lead him about at his pleasure, and bring him out of it, unto the land of Israel; signifying hereby that the providence of God would be greatly concerned in this affair; and in which much glory would be brought unto him by the destruction of such a potent enemy of his people; which is the design of bringing him out; See Gill on Ezek 38:4,
and leave but a sixth part of thee; meaning, not that a sixth part only should escape the vengeance of God, and all but a sixth part be destroyed in the land of Israel; for it looks as if the whole army would be utterly destroyed, and none left; but that, when he should come out of his own country upon this expedition, a sixth part of his subjects only should be left behind; five out of six should accompany him; so numerous should his army be, and so drained his country by this enterprise of his. Some render the words, "will draw thee out with an hook of six teeth" (x); that is, out of his own land; and this clause stands in the same place and order as the phrase and "put hooks into thy jaws" does in Ezek 38:4 and so may be thought to explain one another, and agrees with what follows: for, as for the sense of it given by Joseph Kimchi and others,
"I will judge thee with six judgments (y), Ezek 38:12, pestilence, blood, an overflowing rain, hailstones, fire, and brimstone,''
Tit must be rejected; seeing as yet the account of his punishment is not come to; only an account is given how and by what means he shall be drawn out of his own land; wherefore much better is the Targum,
"I will persuade thee, and I will seduce thee;''
so Jarchi seems to understand it: and the Septuagint and Arabic versions render it, "I will lead thee", agreeably to what follows:
and will cause thee to come up from the north parts; See Gill on Ezek 38:15.
and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel; not to inherit them, but to fall upon them, as in Ezek 39:4.
(w) "circumducam te", Piscator; "circumagam", Grotius. (x) "harpagone sextuplici extraham te", Vinarienses apud Starckius. So Buxtorf. (y) "Sex poenis, sive plagis afficiam te", Munster, Tigurine version.
John Wesley
39:2 The sixth part - I will leave in thy country but one in six.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:2 leave but the sixth part of thee--Margin, "strike thee with six plagues" (namely, pestilence, blood, overflowing rain, hailstones, fire, brimstone, Ezek 38:22); or, "draw thee back with an hook of six teeth" (Ezek 38:4), the six teeth being those six plagues. Rather, "lead thee about" [LUDOVICUS DE DIEU and Septuagint]. As Antiochus was led (to his ruin) to leave Egypt for an expedition against Palestine, so shall the last great enemy of God be.
north parts--from the extreme north [FAIRBAIRN].
39:339:3: Եւ կորուսից զաղեղն քո ՚ի ձախմէ ձեռանէ քումմէ, եւ զնետս քո յաջմէ ձեռանէ քումմէ. եւ կործանեցից զքեզ
3 Դէն եմ գցելու աղեղդ քո ձախ ձեռքից, նետերդ էլ՝ քո աջ ձեռքից:
3 Քու աղեղդ քու ձախ ձեռքէդ վար պիտի ձգեմ։ Քու նետերդ աջ ձեռքէդ վեր պիտի նետեմ։
Եւ [837]կորուսից զաղեղն քո ի ձախմէ ձեռանէ քումմէ, եւ զնետս քո յաջմէ ձեռանէ [838]քումմէ, եւ կործանեցից զքեզ:

39:3: Եւ կորուսից զաղեղն քո ՚ի ձախմէ ձեռանէ քումմէ, եւ զնետս քո յաջմէ ձեռանէ քումմէ. եւ կործանեցից զքեզ
3 Դէն եմ գցելու աղեղդ քո ձախ ձեռքից, նետերդ էլ՝ քո աջ ձեռքից:
3 Քու աղեղդ քու ձախ ձեռքէդ վար պիտի ձգեմ։ Քու նետերդ աջ ձեռքէդ վեր պիտի նետեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:339:3 И выбью лук твой из левой руки твоей, и выброшу стрелы твои из правой руки твоей.
39:3 καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose τὸ ο the τόξον τοξον bow σου σου of you; your ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the χειρός χειρ hand σου σου of you; your τῆς ο the ἀριστερᾶς αριστερος left καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the τοξεύματά τοξευμα of you; your ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the χειρός χειρ hand σου σου of you; your τῆς ο the δεξιᾶς δεξιος right καὶ και and; even καταβαλῶ καταβαλλω cast down; lay down σε σε.1 you
39:3 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִכֵּיתִ֥י hikkêṯˌî נכה strike קַשְׁתְּךָ֖ qaštᵊḵˌā קֶשֶׁת bow מִ mi מִן from יַּ֣ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand שְׂמֹאולֶ֑ךָ śᵊmôlˈeḵā שְׂמֹאל lefthand side וְ wᵊ וְ and חִצֶּ֕יךָ ḥiṣṣˈeʸḵā חֵץ arrow מִ mi מִן from יַּ֥ד yyˌaḏ יָד hand יְמִינְךָ֖ yᵊmînᵊḵˌā יָמִין right-hand side אַפִּֽיל׃ ʔappˈîl נפל fall
39:3. et percutiam arcum tuum in manu sinistra tua et sagittas tuas de manu dextera tua deiciamAnd I will break thy bow in thy left hand, and I will cause thy arrows to fall out of thy right hand.
3. and I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand.
39:3. And I will strike your bow in your left hand, and I will cast away your arrows from your right hand.
39:3. And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand.
And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand:

39:3 И выбью лук твой из левой руки твоей, и выброшу стрелы твои из правой руки твоей.
39:3
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
τὸ ο the
τόξον τοξον bow
σου σου of you; your
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
χειρός χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
τῆς ο the
ἀριστερᾶς αριστερος left
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
τοξεύματά τοξευμα of you; your
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
χειρός χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
τῆς ο the
δεξιᾶς δεξιος right
καὶ και and; even
καταβαλῶ καταβαλλω cast down; lay down
σε σε.1 you
39:3
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִכֵּיתִ֥י hikkêṯˌî נכה strike
קַשְׁתְּךָ֖ qaštᵊḵˌā קֶשֶׁת bow
מִ mi מִן from
יַּ֣ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand
שְׂמֹאולֶ֑ךָ śᵊmôlˈeḵā שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חִצֶּ֕יךָ ḥiṣṣˈeʸḵā חֵץ arrow
מִ mi מִן from
יַּ֥ד yyˌaḏ יָד hand
יְמִינְךָ֖ yᵊmînᵊḵˌā יָמִין right-hand side
אַפִּֽיל׃ ʔappˈîl נפל fall
39:3. et percutiam arcum tuum in manu sinistra tua et sagittas tuas de manu dextera tua deiciam
And I will break thy bow in thy left hand, and I will cause thy arrows to fall out of thy right hand.
39:3. And I will strike your bow in your left hand, and I will cast away your arrows from your right hand.
39:3. And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
3. Скифы славились как стрелки из лука, почему Геродот называет их 'ippotoxotai (IV, 46); ср. Иер V:16; VI:23. “Угроза очень конкретна: лук держат левой рукой, а стрелу правой” (Берт.). “Бог сделает Гога неспособным сражаться” (Тр.).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:3: I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand - The Persians whom Antiochus had in his army, Eze 38:5, were famous as archers, and they may be intended here. The bow is held by the left hand; the arrow is pulled and discharged by the right.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:3: Eze 20:21-24; Psa 46:9, Psa 76:3; Jer 21:4, Jer 21:5; Hos 1:5
John Gill
39:3 And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand,.... In which it is usually held, to have the arrow fitted to it:
and I will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand; where they are commonly held when put into the bow, and then the bow is drawn with it; signifying hereby, that though he should come into the land of Israel, he should not succeed; he would be stripped of his armour, and it would be useless to him: bows and arrows are put for all kind of warlike instruments; and are particularly mentioned because they were chiefly used in war when this prophecy was delivered.
John Wesley
39:3 Thy bow - What is said of the bow rendered useless, is to be understood of all other weapons of war; this is one kind, the bow, being most in use with the Scythians, is mentioned for all the rest.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:3 bow--in which the Scythians were most expert.
39:439:4: ՚ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայէլի. եւ անկանիցիս դո՛ւ եւ ամենեքին որ զքեւ իցեն. եւ ազգքն որ ընդ քեզ իցեն, մատնեսցին ՚ի կերակուր հաւո՛ւց եւ ամենայն թռչնոց. եւ ամենայն գազանաց անապատի ետու զքեզ ՚ի կերակուր.
4 Կործանելու եմ քեզ Իսրայէլի լեռների վրայ, եւ դու ու քո շուրջը բոլոր գտնուողներն էլ ընկնելու էք: Քեզ հետ եղած բոլոր ժողովուրդներն էլ կեր են դառնալու բոլոր գիշատիչ թռչուններին, կեր են դառնալու անապատի բոլոր գազաններին,
4 Դուն քու բոլոր գունդերովդ ու քեզի հետ եղող ժողովուրդներով Իսրայէլի լեռներուն վրայ պիտի իյնաս։ Քեզ ամէն տեսակ թեւ ունեցող գիշատիչ թռչունի ու դաշտի գազաններու կերակուր պիտի տամ։
ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայելի, եւ`` անկանիցիս դու եւ ամենեքին որ զքեւ իցեն, եւ ազգքն որ ընդ քեզ [839]իցեն` մատնեսցին ի կերակուր հաւուց եւ ամենայն թռչնոց,`` եւ ամենայն գազանաց անապատի ետու զքեզ ի կերակուր:

39:4: ՚ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայէլի. եւ անկանիցիս դո՛ւ եւ ամենեքին որ զքեւ իցեն. եւ ազգքն որ ընդ քեզ իցեն, մատնեսցին ՚ի կերակուր հաւո՛ւց եւ ամենայն թռչնոց. եւ ամենայն գազանաց անապատի ետու զքեզ ՚ի կերակուր.
4 Կործանելու եմ քեզ Իսրայէլի լեռների վրայ, եւ դու ու քո շուրջը բոլոր գտնուողներն էլ ընկնելու էք: Քեզ հետ եղած բոլոր ժողովուրդներն էլ կեր են դառնալու բոլոր գիշատիչ թռչուններին, կեր են դառնալու անապատի բոլոր գազաններին,
4 Դուն քու բոլոր գունդերովդ ու քեզի հետ եղող ժողովուրդներով Իսրայէլի լեռներուն վրայ պիտի իյնաս։ Քեզ ամէն տեսակ թեւ ունեցող գիշատիչ թռչունի ու դաշտի գազաններու կերակուր պիտի տամ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:439:4 Падешь ты на горах Израилевых, ты и все полки твои, и народы, которые с тобою; отдам тебя на съедение всякого рода хищным птицам и зверям полевым.
39:4 ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the ὄρη ορος mountain; mount Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even πεσῇ πιπτω fall σὺ συ you καὶ και and; even πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the περὶ περι about; around σέ σε.1 you καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste τὰ ο the μετὰ μετα with; amid σοῦ σου of you; your δοθήσονται διδωμι give; deposit εἰς εις into; for πλήθη πληθος multitude; quantity ὀρνέων ορνις hen παντὶ πας all; every πετεινῷ πετεινος bird καὶ και and; even πᾶσι πας all; every τοῖς ο the θηρίοις θηριον beast τοῦ ο the πεδίου πεδιον give; deposit σε σε.1 you καταβρωθῆναι καταβιβρωσκω eat up; devour
39:4 עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָרֵ֨י hārˌê הַר mountain יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel תִּפֹּ֗ול tippˈôl נפל fall אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אֲגַפֶּ֔יךָ ʔᵃḡappˈeʸḵā אֲגַף troop וְ wᵊ וְ and עַמִּ֖ים ʕammˌîm עַם people אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אִתָּ֑ךְ ʔittˈāḵ אֵת together with לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵ֨יט ʕˌêṭ עַיִט bird of prey צִפֹּ֧ור ṣippˈôr צִפֹּור bird כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole כָּנָ֛ף kānˈāf כָּנָף wing וְ wᵊ וְ and חַיַּ֥ת ḥayyˌaṯ חַיָּה wild animal הַ ha הַ the שָּׂדֶ֖ה śśāḏˌeh שָׂדֶה open field נְתַתִּ֥יךָ nᵊṯattˌîḵā נתן give לְ lᵊ לְ to אָכְלָֽה׃ ʔoḵlˈā אָכְלָה food
39:4. super montes Israhel cades tu et omnia agmina tua et populi qui sunt tecum feris avibus omnique volatili et bestiis terrae dedi te devorandumThou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou and all thy bands, and thy nations that are with thee: I have given thee to the wild beasts, to the birds, and to every fowl, and to the beasts of the earth to be devoured.
4. Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy hordes, and the peoples that are with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured.
39:4. You will fall upon the mountains of Israel, you and all your companies, and your peoples who are with you. I have given you over to the wild animals, to the birds, and to every flying thing, and to the beasts of the earth, in order to be devoured.
39:4. Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that [is] with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and [to] the beasts of the field to be devoured.
Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that [is] with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and [to] the beasts of the field to be devoured:

39:4 Падешь ты на горах Израилевых, ты и все полки твои, и народы, которые с тобою; отдам тебя на съедение всякого рода хищным птицам и зверям полевым.
39:4
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
ὄρη ορος mountain; mount
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
πεσῇ πιπτω fall
σὺ συ you
καὶ και and; even
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
περὶ περι about; around
σέ σε.1 you
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
τὰ ο the
μετὰ μετα with; amid
σοῦ σου of you; your
δοθήσονται διδωμι give; deposit
εἰς εις into; for
πλήθη πληθος multitude; quantity
ὀρνέων ορνις hen
παντὶ πας all; every
πετεινῷ πετεινος bird
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσι πας all; every
τοῖς ο the
θηρίοις θηριον beast
τοῦ ο the
πεδίου πεδιον give; deposit
σε σε.1 you
καταβρωθῆναι καταβιβρωσκω eat up; devour
39:4
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָרֵ֨י hārˌê הַר mountain
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
תִּפֹּ֗ול tippˈôl נפל fall
אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אֲגַפֶּ֔יךָ ʔᵃḡappˈeʸḵā אֲגַף troop
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַמִּ֖ים ʕammˌîm עַם people
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אִתָּ֑ךְ ʔittˈāḵ אֵת together with
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵ֨יט ʕˌêṭ עַיִט bird of prey
צִפֹּ֧ור ṣippˈôr צִפֹּור bird
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
כָּנָ֛ף kānˈāf כָּנָף wing
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חַיַּ֥ת ḥayyˌaṯ חַיָּה wild animal
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׂדֶ֖ה śśāḏˌeh שָׂדֶה open field
נְתַתִּ֥יךָ nᵊṯattˌîḵā נתן give
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אָכְלָֽה׃ ʔoḵlˈā אָכְלָה food
39:4. super montes Israhel cades tu et omnia agmina tua et populi qui sunt tecum feris avibus omnique volatili et bestiis terrae dedi te devorandum
Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou and all thy bands, and thy nations that are with thee: I have given thee to the wild beasts, to the birds, and to every fowl, and to the beasts of the earth to be devoured.
39:4. You will fall upon the mountains of Israel, you and all your companies, and your peoples who are with you. I have given you over to the wild animals, to the birds, and to every flying thing, and to the beasts of the earth, in order to be devoured.
39:4. Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that [is] with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and [to] the beasts of the field to be devoured.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4-5. Нужно припомнить, что значило для древнего человека лишиться погребения. Не то в христианстве: Св. Нил Сорский завещал бросить тело свое на съедение зверям и птицам. - “На открытом поле” - см. объяснение XXVI:5.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:4: fall: Eze 39:17-20, Eze 38:21
I will: Eze 32:4, Eze 32:5, Eze 33:27; Isa 34:2-8; Jer 15:3; Rev 19:17-21
sort: Heb. wing
to be devoured: Heb. to devour
Geneva 1599
39:4 Thou (b) shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy troops, and the people that [are] with thee: I will give thee to the ravenous birds of every sort, and [to] the beasts of the field to be devoured.
(b) Meaning that by the virtue of God's word the enemy will be destroyed wherever he assails his Church.
John Gill
39:4 Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel,.... Be slain, and his carcass lie there; so the Targum,
"upon the mountains of the land of Israel thy carcass shall be cast:''
thou and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee; Gog and his army, auxiliaries and allies:
I will give thee to the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured: a great part of his army being slain, should not be buried, but be devoured by birds of prey, and savage beasts; such as eagles and vultures of the former sort, and lions, bears, wolves, &c. of the latter. This was always reckoned a very sore judgment and dreadful calamity, not to have a burial, but to be exposed to birds and beasts of prey; this was threatened to the Israelites, in case of disobedience to the law of God, Deut 28:26 and to the wicked Jews in the times of Jeremiah; and to that evil king of Judah, Jehoiakim, Jer 16:4 and is lamented as one of the greatest evils that could befall good men, Ps 79:2, and nothing was more dreadful among the Heathens themselves; hence Homer (z), among the many calamities Achilles was the cause of to the Grecians, mentions this as one, that he was the means of giving the bodies of a great number of their heroes to the dogs, and to the fowls of the air; so Virgil (a) represents the want of a burial, and being left to be fed upon by birds of prey, as severe a punishment of a wicked man as can be wished for.
(z) Iliad. 1. l. 4, 5. (a) "----non te optima mater Condet humi, patriove onerrabit membra sepulchro Alitibus linquere feris". Aeneid. l. 10.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:4 (Compare Ezek 39:17-20).
upon the mountains of Israel--The scene of Israel's preservation shall be that of the ungodly foe's destruction.
39:539:5: ընդ երեսս դաշտին անկցիս. զի ե՛ս խօսեցայ՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12917]։ [12917] Ոմանք. Ընդ երեսս դաշտին անկանիցին։
5 եւ դու ընկնելու ես դաշտերի երեսին, որովհետեւ ես եմ խօսել, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած: -
5 Դաշտի երեսին վրայ պիտի իյնաս, վասն զի ես խօսեցայ, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
ընդ երեսս դաշտին անկցիս, զի ես խօսեցայ, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

39:5: ընդ երեսս դաշտին անկցիս. զի ե՛ս խօսեցայ՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12917]։
[12917] Ոմանք. Ընդ երեսս դաշտին անկանիցին։
5 եւ դու ընկնելու ես դաշտերի երեսին, որովհետեւ ես եմ խօսել, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած: -
5 Դաշտի երեսին վրայ պիտի իյնաս, վասն զի ես խօսեցայ, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:539:5 На открытом поле падешь; ибо Я сказал это, говорит Господь Бог.
39:5 ἐπὶ επι in; on προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of τοῦ ο the πεδίου πεδιον fall ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγὼ εγω I ἐλάλησα λαλεω talk; speak λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:5 עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face הַ ha הַ the שָּׂדֶ֖ה śśāḏˌeh שָׂדֶה open field תִּפֹּ֑ול tippˈôl נפל fall כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i דִבַּ֔רְתִּי ḏibbˈartî דבר speak נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
39:5. super faciem agri cades quia ego locutus sum ait Dominus DeusThou shalt fall upon the face of the field: for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God.
5. Thou shalt fall upon the open field; for I have spoken it, saith the Lord GOD.
39:5. You will fall upon the face of the field. For I have spoken, says the Lord God.
39:5. Thou shalt fall upon the open field: for I have spoken [it], saith the Lord GOD.
Thou shalt fall upon the open field: for I have spoken [it], saith the Lord GOD:

39:5 На открытом поле падешь; ибо Я сказал это, говорит Господь Бог.
39:5
ἐπὶ επι in; on
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
τοῦ ο the
πεδίου πεδιον fall
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐλάλησα λαλεω talk; speak
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:5
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׂדֶ֖ה śśāḏˌeh שָׂדֶה open field
תִּפֹּ֑ול tippˈôl נפל fall
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
דִבַּ֔רְתִּי ḏibbˈartî דבר speak
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
39:5. super faciem agri cades quia ego locutus sum ait Dominus Deus
Thou shalt fall upon the face of the field: for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God.
39:5. You will fall upon the face of the field. For I have spoken, says the Lord God.
39:5. Thou shalt fall upon the open field: for I have spoken [it], saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:5: open field: Heb. face of the field, Eze 29:5, Eze 32:4; Jer 8:2, Jer 22:19
John Gill
39:5 Thou shalt fall upon the open field,.... Some part of his army should fall upon the mountains, and others upon the plain; wherever they will be found, they will be destroyed, either by the sword of the Jews and Christian princes, or by God's judgments from heaven:
for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God; and therefore it should surely come to pass, since no word of his ever fails; this is added to assure of the truth of it, since it might be thought incredible that so large an army should be destroyed.
39:639:6: Եւ առաքեցից հո՛ւր ՚ի վերայ Մագովգայ. եւ բնակեսցեն կղզիք ՚ի խաղաղութեան. եւ ծանիցեն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր Տէր։
6 Հուր եմ ուղարկելու Մագոգի վրայ, եւ կղզիներն ապրելու են խաղաղութեամբ: Պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէր Աստուածը:
6 Մագոգի վրայ ու կղզիներուն մէջ ապահովութեամբ բնակողներուն վրայ կրակ պիտի ղրկեմ ու պիտի գիտնան թէ՝ ե՛ս եմ Տէրը։
Եւ առաքեցից հուր ի վերայ Մագովգայ, եւ [840]բնակեսցեն կղզիք`` ի խաղաղութեան, եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր Տէր:

39:6: Եւ առաքեցից հո՛ւր ՚ի վերայ Մագովգայ. եւ բնակեսցեն կղզիք ՚ի խաղաղութեան. եւ ծանիցեն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր Տէր։
6 Հուր եմ ուղարկելու Մագոգի վրայ, եւ կղզիներն ապրելու են խաղաղութեամբ: Պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէր Աստուածը:
6 Մագոգի վրայ ու կղզիներուն մէջ ապահովութեամբ բնակողներուն վրայ կրակ պիտի ղրկեմ ու պիտի գիտնան թէ՝ ե՛ս եմ Տէրը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:639:6 И пошлю огонь на землю Магог и на жителей островов, живущих беспечно, и узнают, что Я Господь.
39:6 καὶ και and; even ἀποστελῶ αποστελλω send off / away πῦρ πυρ fire ἐπὶ επι in; on Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog καὶ και and; even κατοικηθήσονται κατοικεω settle αἱ ο the νῆσοι νησος island ἐπ᾿ επι in; on εἰρήνης ειρηνη peace καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:6 וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׁלַּחְתִּי־ šillaḥtî- שׁלח send אֵ֣שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מָגֹ֔וג māḡˈôḡ מָגֹוג Magog וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in יֹשְׁבֵ֥י yōšᵊvˌê ישׁב sit הָ hā הַ the אִיִּ֖ים ʔiyyˌîm אִי coast, island לָ lā לְ to בֶ֑טַח vˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know כִּי־ kî- כִּי that אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
39:6. et emittam ignem in Magog et in his qui habitant in insulis confidenter et scient quia ego DominusAnd I will send a fire on Magog, and on them that dwell confidently in the islands: and they shall know that I am the Lord.
6. And I will send a fire on Magog, and on them that dwell securely in the isles: and they shall know that I am the LORD.
39:6. And I will send a fire upon Magog, and upon those who are living confidently in the islands. And they shall know that I am the Lord.
39:6. And I will send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: and they shall know that I [am] the LORD.
And I will send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: and they shall know that I [am] the LORD:

39:6 И пошлю огонь на землю Магог и на жителей островов, живущих беспечно, и узнают, что Я Господь.
39:6
καὶ και and; even
ἀποστελῶ αποστελλω send off / away
πῦρ πυρ fire
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
καὶ και and; even
κατοικηθήσονται κατοικεω settle
αἱ ο the
νῆσοι νησος island
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
εἰρήνης ειρηνη peace
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:6
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׁלַּחְתִּי־ šillaḥtî- שׁלח send
אֵ֣שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מָגֹ֔וג māḡˈôḡ מָגֹוג Magog
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
יֹשְׁבֵ֥י yōšᵊvˌê ישׁב sit
הָ הַ the
אִיִּ֖ים ʔiyyˌîm אִי coast, island
לָ לְ to
בֶ֑טַח vˈeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
39:6. et emittam ignem in Magog et in his qui habitant in insulis confidenter et scient quia ego Dominus
And I will send a fire on Magog, and on them that dwell confidently in the islands: and they shall know that I am the Lord.
39:6. And I will send a fire upon Magog, and upon those who are living confidently in the islands. And they shall know that I am the Lord.
39:6. And I will send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: and they shall know that I [am] the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6. Кара постигнет не только войско Гога, пришедшее в св. землю, но и страну его и союзников, как бы отдаленны земли последних ни были, хотя бы то были даже острова или морские берега (может быть, имеются в виду берега Черного моря, где жили скифы). Иегова не так, как языческие боги, силен только в своей земле. Ср. Ам I:4, 7, 10: и д. LXX наоборот: “и населтся строви с миром”, т. е. уничтожение Гога умиротворит землю до самых отдаленных стран. - “Огонь” должно быть война, истребление. - “Живущих беспечно”, как жил Израиль при нападении Гога: XXXVIII:8, 11, 14.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:6: I will send a fire on Magog - On Syria. I will destroy the Syrian troops.
And among them that dwell carelessly in the isles - The auxiliary troops that came to Antiochus from the borders of the Euxine Sea. - Martin.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:6: The judgment is extended to "the isles" (or, seacoast) to show that it should fall not only on Gog and his land, but on those who share Gog's feelings of hatred and opposition to the kingdom of God.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:6: I will: Some terrible judgment will destroy the countries whence the army of Gog was led forth, about the same time that the army itself shall be cut off. Eze 30:8, Eze 30:16, Eze 38:19-22; Amo 1:4, Amo 1:7, Amo 1:10; Nah 1:6
carelessly: or, confidently, Eze 38:11; Jdg 18:7
in the isles: Eze 38:6, Eze 38:13; Psa 72:10; Isa 66:19; Jer 25:22; Zep 2:11
Geneva 1599
39:6 And I will send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell securely in the (c) isles: and they shall know that I [am] the LORD.
(c) That is, among all nations where the enemies of my people dwell, no matter how separate they seem.
John Gill
39:6 And I will send a fire on Magog,.... On the land of Magog; see Ezek 38:2, while Gog is in the land of Israel, and he and his army perish there, his country shall be destroyed by fire, or by some judgment or judgments of God, which shall consume like fire. The Septuagint version renders it, "I will send a fire on Gog"; but he before is said to fall upon the mountains of Israel; his country is meant; it designs the destruction of the Ottoman empire:
and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: that belong to the Turkish dominions; not only the habitants of the Continent shall be consumed, but those that dwell in islands, and think themselves safe and secure, and so live carelessly; or such who live on the sea coasts, it being usual in Scripture to call such places isles; and may intend those who dwell near the Exine and Caspian seas:
and they shall know that I am the Lord: by his judgments executed upon them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:6 carelessly--in self-confident security.
the isles--Those dwelling in maritime regions, who had helped Gog with fleets and troops, shall be visited with the fire of God's wrath in their own lands.
39:739:7: Եւ անուն իմ սուրբ ծանիցի ՚ի մէջ ժողովրդեան իմոյ Իսրայէլի. եւ մի՛ եւս պղծեսցի անուն իմ սուրբ. եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն ազգք երկրի՝ թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր Սուրբն Իսրայէլի։
7 Անունս էլ սուրբ է ճանաչուելու Իսրայէլի իմ ժողովրդի մէջ ու այլեւս չի պղծուելու իմ սուրբ անունը: Երկրի բոլոր ազգերը պէտք է իմանան, որ ես եմ Իսրայէլի սուրբ Տէրը:
7 Եւ իմ սուրբ անունս իմ ժողովուրդիս Իսրայէլի մէջ պիտի ճանչցնեմ ու պիտի չթողում որ անգամ մըն ալ իմ սուրբ անունս պղծուի։ Ազգերը պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը՝ Իսրայէլի մէջ եղող Սուրբը։
Եւ անուն իմ սուրբ ծանիցի ի մէջ ժողովրդեան իմոյ Իսրայելի. եւ մի՛ եւս պղծեսցի անուն իմ սուրբ. եւ ծանիցեն [841]ամենայն ազգք երկրի թէ ես եմ Տէր, Սուրբն Իսրայելի:

39:7: Եւ անուն իմ սուրբ ծանիցի ՚ի մէջ ժողովրդեան իմոյ Իսրայէլի. եւ մի՛ եւս պղծեսցի անուն իմ սուրբ. եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն ազգք երկրի՝ թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր Սուրբն Իսրայէլի։
7 Անունս էլ սուրբ է ճանաչուելու Իսրայէլի իմ ժողովրդի մէջ ու այլեւս չի պղծուելու իմ սուրբ անունը: Երկրի բոլոր ազգերը պէտք է իմանան, որ ես եմ Իսրայէլի սուրբ Տէրը:
7 Եւ իմ սուրբ անունս իմ ժողովուրդիս Իսրայէլի մէջ պիտի ճանչցնեմ ու պիտի չթողում որ անգամ մըն ալ իմ սուրբ անունս պղծուի։ Ազգերը պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը՝ Իսրայէլի մէջ եղող Սուրբը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:739:7 И явлю святое имя Мое среди народа Моего, Израиля, и не дам вперед бесславить святаго имени Моего, и узнают народы, что Я Господь, Святый в Израиле.
39:7 καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ὄνομά ονομα name; notable μου μου of me; mine τὸ ο the ἅγιον αγιος holy γνωσθήσεται γινωσκω know ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle λαοῦ λαος populace; population μου μου of me; mine Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not βεβηλωθήσεται βεβηλοω profane τὸ ο the ὄνομά ονομα name; notable μου μου of me; mine τὸ ο the ἅγιον αγιος holy οὐκέτι ουκετι no longer καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ἅγιος αγιος holy ἐν εν in Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
39:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שֵׁ֨ם šˌēm שֵׁם name קָדְשִׁ֜י qoḏšˈî קֹדֶשׁ holiness אֹודִ֗יעַ ʔôḏˈîₐʕ ידע know בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹוךְ֙ ṯôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst עַמִּ֣י ʕammˈî עַם people יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אַחֵ֥ל ʔaḥˌēl חלל defile אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שֵׁם־ šēm- שֵׁם name קָדְשִׁ֖י qoḏšˌî קֹדֶשׁ holiness עֹ֑וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֤וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִם֙ ggôyˌim גֹּוי people כִּי־ kî- כִּי that אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH קָדֹ֖ושׁ qāḏˌôš קָדֹושׁ holy בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
39:7. et nomen sanctum meum notum faciam in medio populi mei Israhel et non polluam nomen sanctum meum amplius et scient gentes quia ego Dominus Sanctus IsrahelAnd I will make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel, and my holy name shall be profaned no more: and the Gentiles shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One of Israel.
7. And my holy name will I make known in the midst of my people Israel; neither will I suffer my holy name to be profaned any more: and the nations shall know that I am the LORD, the Holy One in Israel.
39:7. And I will make known my holy name in the midst of my people, Israel, and my holy name will no longer be defiled. And the Gentiles shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One of Israel.
39:7. So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel; and I will not [let them] pollute my holy name any more: and the heathen shall know that I [am] the LORD, the Holy One in Israel.
So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel; and I will not [let them] pollute my holy name any more: and the heathen shall know that I [am] the LORD, the Holy One in Israel:

39:7 И явлю святое имя Мое среди народа Моего, Израиля, и не дам вперед бесславить святаго имени Моего, и узнают народы, что Я Господь, Святый в Израиле.
39:7
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ὄνομά ονομα name; notable
μου μου of me; mine
τὸ ο the
ἅγιον αγιος holy
γνωσθήσεται γινωσκω know
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
μου μου of me; mine
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
βεβηλωθήσεται βεβηλοω profane
τὸ ο the
ὄνομά ονομα name; notable
μου μου of me; mine
τὸ ο the
ἅγιον αγιος holy
οὐκέτι ουκετι no longer
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἅγιος αγιος holy
ἐν εν in
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
39:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שֵׁ֨ם šˌēm שֵׁם name
קָדְשִׁ֜י qoḏšˈî קֹדֶשׁ holiness
אֹודִ֗יעַ ʔôḏˈîₐʕ ידע know
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹוךְ֙ ṯôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
עַמִּ֣י ʕammˈî עַם people
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אַחֵ֥ל ʔaḥˌēl חלל defile
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שֵׁם־ šēm- שֵׁם name
קָדְשִׁ֖י qoḏšˌî קֹדֶשׁ holiness
עֹ֑וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֤וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִם֙ ggôyˌim גֹּוי people
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
קָדֹ֖ושׁ qāḏˌôš קָדֹושׁ holy
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
39:7. et nomen sanctum meum notum faciam in medio populi mei Israhel et non polluam nomen sanctum meum amplius et scient gentes quia ego Dominus Sanctus Israhel
And I will make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel, and my holy name shall be profaned no more: and the Gentiles shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One of Israel.
39:7. And I will make known my holy name in the midst of my people, Israel, and my holy name will no longer be defiled. And the Gentiles shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One of Israel.
39:7. So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel; and I will not [let them] pollute my holy name any more: and the heathen shall know that I [am] the LORD, the Holy One in Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7. См. объяснение XXXVI:21. “Святый в Израиле” - Бог Израилем признается и чтится святым и в отношении к нему главным образом являет Свою святость.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:7: In the midst of my people Israel - This defeat of Gog is to be in Israel: and it was there according to this prophecy, that the immense army of Antiochus was so completely defeated.
Ands I will not let them pollute my holy name any more - See on 1 Maccabees 1:11, etc., how Antiochus had profaned the temple, insulted Jehovah and his worship, etc. God permitted that as a scourge to his disobedient people; but now the scourger shall be scourged, and he shall pollute the sanctuary no more.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:7: will I: Eze 39:22, Eze 38:16, Eze 38:23
and I will: Eze 20:9, Eze 20:14, Eze 20:39, Eze 36:20, Eze 36:21, Eze 36:36; Exo 20:7; Lev 18:21
the heathen: Eze 38:16, Eze 38:23
the Holy: Isa 12:6, Isa 43:3, Isa 43:14, Isa 55:5, Isa 60:9, Isa 60:14
John Gill
39:7 So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel,.... That is, his perfections; his holiness and justice in punishing their enemies; his truth and faithfulness in fulfilling his promises to them; his power in inflicting judgments on Gog and his army; and his goodness in their preservation and protection:
and I will not let them pollute my holy name any more: either the Heathens round about who before blasphemed it, saying that God was not able to deliver his people from such a potent enemy; but now their mouth will be stopped, and they will not dare to speak any more after this manner: or else the Israelites, who shall be so influenced by the grace and goodness of God unto them, as to fear the Lord and his goodness, and not dare to commit the sins they formerly did, whereby his name was polluted and blasphemed among the Heathens:
and the Heathen shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel; they shall know, by these judgments and providences, that he is the true God, and they shall acknowledge and confess it; and that he is a holy and just God, and dwells in Israel, and grants his gracious as well as powerful presence to his people; nor shall they dare to molest them any more.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:7 not let them pollute my holy name--by their sins bringing down judgments which made the heathen think that I was unable or unwilling to save My people.
39:839:8: Ահաւասիկ հասեալ է. եւ ծանիցես թէ լինիցի՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր. ա՛յս է օրն զորմէ խօսեցայ։
8 Ահա հասել է օրը, ու պիտի իմանաս, որ դա լինելու է, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած. - այս է այն օրը, որի մասին խօսել էի:
8 Ահա կու գայ ու պիտի կատարուի’, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։ ‘Իմ որոշած օրս ասիկա է։
Ահաւասիկ հասեալ է, եւ [842]ծանիցես թէ`` լինիցի, ասէ Տէր Տէր. այս է օրն զորմէ խօսեցայ:

39:8: Ահաւասիկ հասեալ է. եւ ծանիցես թէ լինիցի՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր. ա՛յս է օրն զորմէ խօսեցայ։
8 Ահա հասել է օրը, ու պիտի իմանաս, որ դա լինելու է, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած. - այս է այն օրը, որի մասին խօսել էի:
8 Ահա կու գայ ու պիտի կատարուի’, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։ ‘Իմ որոշած օրս ասիկա է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:839:8 Вот, это придет и сбудется, говорит Господь Бог, это тот день, о котором Я сказал.
39:8 ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἥκει ηκω here καὶ και and; even γνώσῃ γινωσκω know ὅτι οτι since; that ἔσται ειμι be λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master αὕτη ουτος this; he ἐστὶν ειμι be ἡ ο the ἡμέρα ημερα day ἐν εν in ᾗ ος who; what ἐλάλησα λαλεω talk; speak
39:8 הִנֵּ֤ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold בָאָה֙ vāʔˌā בוא come וְ wᵊ וְ and נִֽהְיָ֔תָה nˈihyˈāṯā היה be נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֖ום yyˌôm יֹום day אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ dibbˈartî דבר speak
39:8. ecce venit et factum est ait Dominus Deus haec est dies de qua locutus sumBehold it cometh, and it is done, saith the Lord God: this is the day whereof I have spoken.
8. Behold, it cometh, and it shall be done, saith the Lord GOD; this is the day whereof I have spoken.
39:8. Behold, it approaches, and it is done, says the Lord God. This is the day, about which I have spoken.
39:8. Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord GOD; this [is] the day whereof I have spoken.
Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord GOD; this [is] the day whereof I have spoken:

39:8 Вот, это придет и сбудется, говорит Господь Бог, это тот день, о котором Я сказал.
39:8
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἥκει ηκω here
καὶ και and; even
γνώσῃ γινωσκω know
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἔσται ειμι be
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ἐστὶν ειμι be
ο the
ἡμέρα ημερα day
ἐν εν in
ος who; what
ἐλάλησα λαλεω talk; speak
39:8
הִנֵּ֤ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold
בָאָה֙ vāʔˌā בוא come
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִֽהְיָ֔תָה nˈihyˈāṯā היה be
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֖ום yyˌôm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ dibbˈartî דבר speak
39:8. ecce venit et factum est ait Dominus Deus haec est dies de qua locutus sum
Behold it cometh, and it is done, saith the Lord God: this is the day whereof I have spoken.
39:8. Behold, it approaches, and it is done, says the Lord God. This is the day, about which I have spoken.
39:8. Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord GOD; this [is] the day whereof I have spoken.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8. “Придет и сбудется”. Уверение в непреложности предсказания в виду его особой важности и видимой невероятности. LXX точнее: “се присп (предсказание так непреложно, что его можно считать исполнившимся - пророческое прошедшее) и увеси, яко будет” (есть признаки наступления?). - “День” в эсхатологическом смысле усвояемом слову с Ам V:18: (см. объяснение XIII:5), - день последнего суда Божия. - “О котором Я сказал” - и здесь, и ранее через пророков (XXXVIII:17-18).
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
8 Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord GOD; this is the day whereof I have spoken. 9 And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years: 10 So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord GOD. 11 And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the noses of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call it The valley of Hamongog. 12 And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land. 13 Yea, all the people of the land shall bury them; and it shall be to them a renown the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord GOD. 14 And they shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search. 15 And the passengers that pass through the land, when any seeth a man's bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamongog. 16 And also the name of the city shall be Hamonah. Thus shall they cleanse the land. 17 And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood. 18 Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan. 19 And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you. 20 Thus ye shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord GOD. 21 And I will set my glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them. 22 So the house of Israel shall know that I am the LORD their God from that day and forward.
Though this prophecy was to have its accomplishment in the latter days, yet it is here spoken of as if it were already accomplished, because it is certain (v. 8): "Behold it has come, and it is done; it is as sure to be done when the time shall come as if it were done already; this is the day whereof I have long and often spoken, and, though it has been long in coming, yet at length it has come." Thus it was said unto John (Rev. xxi. 6), It is done. To represent the routing of the army of Gog as very great, here are three things specified as the consequences of it. It was God himself that gave the defeat; we do not find that the people of Israel drew a sword or struck a stroke: but,
I. They shall burn their weapons, their bows and arrows, which fell out of their hands (v. 3), their shields and bucklers, their javelins, spears, leading staves, truncheons, and half-pikes, every thing that is combustible. They shall not lay them up in their armouries, nor reserve them for their own use, lest they should be tempted to put a confidence in them, but they shall burn them; not all at once, for a bonfire (to what purpose would be that waste?) but as they had occasion to use them for fuel in their houses, instead of other fire-wood, so that they should have no occasion to take wood out of the field or forests for seven years together (v. 10), such vast quantities of weapons shall there be left upon the open field where the enemy fell, and in the roads which they passed in their flight. The weapons were dry and fitter for fuel than green wood; and, by saving the wood in their coppices and forests, they gave it time to grow. Though the mountains of Israel produce plenty of all good things, yet it becomes the people of Israel to be good husbands of their plenty and to save what they can for the benefit of those that come after them, as Providence shall give them opportunity to do so. We may suppose that when those who dwelt in the cities of Israel came forth to spoil those who spoiled them, and make reprisals upon them, they found upon them silver, and gold, and ornaments; yet no mention is made of any thing particularly that they converted to their own use but the wood of the weapons for fuel, which is one of the necessaries of human life, to teach us to think it enough if we be well supplied with those, though we have but little of the delights and gaieties of it and of those things which we may very well live without. And every time they put fuel to the fire, and warmed themselves at it, they would be put in mind of the number and strength of their enemies, and the imminent peril they were in of falling into their hands, which would help to enlarge their hearts in thankfulness to that God who had so wonderfully, so seasonably, delivered them. As they sat by the fire with their children about them (their fire-side), they might from it take occasion to tell them what great things God had done for them.
II. They shall bury their dead. Usually, after a battle, when many are slain, the enemy desire time to bury their own dead. But here the slaughter shall be so general that there shall not be a sufficient number of the enemies left alive to bury the dead. And, besides, the slain lie so dispersed on the mountains of Israel that it would be a work of time to find them out; and therefore it is left to the house of Israel to bury them as a piece of triumph in their overthrow. 1. A place shall be appointed on purpose for the burying of them, the valley of the passengers, on the east of the sea, either the salt sea or the sea of Tiberias, a valley through which there was great passing and repassing of travellers between Egypt and Chaldea. There shall be such a multitude of dead bodies, putrefying above ground, with such a loathsome stench, that the travellers who go that way shall be forced to stop their noses. See what vile bodies ours are; when the soul has been a little while from them the smell of them becomes offensive, no smell more nauseous or more noxious. There therefore where the greatest number lay slain shall the burying-place be appointed. In the place where the tree falls there let it lie. And it shall be called, The valley of Hamon-gog, that is, of the multitude of Gog; for that was the thing which was in a particular manner to be had in remembrance. How numerous the forces of the enemy were which God defeated and destroyed for the defence of his people Israel! 2. A considerable time shall be spent in burying them, no less than seven months (v. 12), which is a further intimation that the slain of the Lord in this action should be many and that great care should be taken by the house of Israel to leave none unburied, that so they might cleanse the land from the ceremonial pollution it contracted by the lying of so many dead corpses unburied in it, for the prevention of which it was appointed that those who were hanged on a tree should be speedily taken down and buried, Deut. xxi. 23. This is an intimation that times of eminent deliverances should be times of reformation. The more God has done for the saving of a land from ruin the more the inhabitants should do for the cleansing of the land from sin. 3. Great numbers shall be employed in this work: All the people of the land shall be ready to lend a helping hand to it, v. 13. Note, Every one should contribute the utmost he can in his place towards the cleansing of the land from the pollutions of it, and from every thing that is a reproach to it. Sin is a common enemy, which every man should take up arms against. In publico discrimine unusquisque homo miles est--In the season of public danger every man becomes a soldier. And whoever shall assist in this work it shall be to them a renown; though the office of grave-makers, or common scavengers of the country, seem but mean, yet, when it is for the cleansing and purifying of the land from dead works, it shall be mentioned to their honour. Note, Acts of humanity add much to the renown of God's Israel; it is a credit to religion when those that profess it are ready to every good work; and a good work it is to bury the dead, yea, though they be strangers and enemies to the commonwealth of Israel, for even they shall rise again. It shall be a renown to them in the day when God will be glorified. Note, It is for the glory of God when his Israel do that which adorns their profession; others will see their good works and glorify their Father, Matt. v. 16. And when God is honoured he will put honour upon his people. His glory is their renown. 4. Some particular persons shall make it their business to search out the dead bodies, or any part of them that should remain unburied. The people of the land will soon grow weary of burying the pollutions of the country, and therefore they shall appoint men of continual employment, that shall apply themselves to it and do nothing else till the land be thoroughly cleansed; for, otherwise, that which is every one's work would soon become nobody's work. Note, Those that are engaged in public work, especially for the cleansing and reforming of a land, ought to be men of continual employments, men that will stick to what they undertake and go through with it, men that will apply themselves to it; and those that will do good according to their opportunities will find themselves continually employed. 5. Even the passengers shall be ready to give information to those whose business it is to cleanse the land of what public nuisances they meet with, which call for their assistance. Those that pass through the land, though they will not stay to bury the dead themselves, lest they should contract a ceremonial pollution, will yet give notice of those that they find unburied. If they but discover a bone, they will set up a sign, that the buriers may come and bury it, and that, till it is buried, others may take need of touching it, for which reason their sepulchres among the Jews were whitened, that people might keep at a distance from them. Note, When good work is to be done every one should lend a hand to further it, even the passengers themselves, who must not think themselves unconcerned, in a common calamity, or a common iniquity, to put a stop to it. Those whose work it is to cleanse the land must not countenance any thing in it that is defiling; though it were not the body, but only the bone, of a man, that was found unburied, they must encourage those who will give information of it (private information, by a sign, concealing the informer), that they may take it away, and bury it out of sight. Nay, after the end of seven months, which was allowed them for this work, when all is taken away that appeared at first view, they shall search for more, that what is hidden may be brought to light; they shall search out iniquity till they find none. In memory of this they shall give a new name to their city. It shall be called Hamonah--The multitude. O what a multitude of our enemies have we of this city buried! Thus shall they cleanse the land, with all this care, with all this pains, v. 16. Note, After conquering there must be cleansing. Moses appointed those Israelites that had been employed in the war with the Midianites to purify themselves, Num. xxxi. 24. Having received special favours from God, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness.
III. The birds and beasts of prey shall rest upon the carcases of the slain while they remain unburied and it shall be impossible to prevent them, v. 17, &c. We find a great slaughter represented by this figure, Rev. xix. 17, &c., which is borrowed from this.
1. There is a general invitation given, v. 17. It is to the fowl of every wing and to every beast of the field, from the greatest to the least, that preys upon carcases, from the eagle to the raven, from the lion to the dog; let them all gather themselves on every side; here is meat enough for them, and they are all welcome. Let them come to God's sacrifice, to his feast; so the margin reads it. Note, The judgments of God, executed upon sin and sinners, are both a sacrifice and a feast, a sacrifice to the justice of God and a feast to the faith and hope of God's people. When God broke the head of leviathan, he gave him to be meat to Israel, Ps. lxxiv. 14. The righteous shall rejoice as at a feast when he sees the vengeance, and shall wash his foot, as at a feast, in the blood of the wicked. This sacrifice is upon the mountains of Israel; these are the high places, the altars, where God has been dishonoured by the idolatries of the people, but where he will now glorify himself in the destruction of his enemies.
2. There is great preparation made: They shall eat the flesh of the mighty and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, v. 18, 19. (1.) It is the flesh and blood of men that they shall be treated with. This has sometimes been an instance of the rebellion of the inferior creatures against man their master, which is an effect of his rebellion against God his Maker. (2.) It is the flesh and blood of great men, here called rams, and bullocks, and great goats, all of them fatlings of Bashan. It is the blood of the princes of the earth that they shall regale themselves with. What a mortification is this to the princes of the blood, as they call themselves, that God can make that blood, that royal blood, which swells their veins, a feast for the birds and beasts of prey! (3.) It is the flesh and blood of wicked men, the enemies of God's church and people, that they are invited to. They had accounted the Israel of God as sheep for the slaughter, and now they shall themselves be so accounted; they had thus used the dead bodies of Gods' servants (Ps. lxxix. 2), or would have done, and now it shall come upon themselves.
3. They shall all be fed, they shall all be feasted to the full (v. 19, 20): "You shall eat fat, and drink blood, which are satiating surfeiting things. The sacrifice is great and the feast upon the sacrifice is accordingly: You shall be filled at my table." Note, God keeps a table for the inferior creatures; he provides food for all flesh. The eyes of all wait upon him, and he satisfies their desires, for he keeps a plentiful table. And if the birds and beasts shall be filled at God's table, which he has prepared for them, much more shall his children be abundantly satisfied with the goodness of his house, even of his holy temple. They shall be filled with horses and chariots; that is, those who ride in the chariots, mighty men and men of war, who triumphed over nations, are now themselves triumphed over by the ravens of the valley and the young eagles, Prov. xxx. 17. They thought to make an easy prey of God's Israel, and now they are themselves an easy prey to the birds and beasts. See how evil pursues sinners even after death. This exposing of their bodies to be a prey is but a type and sign of those terrors which, after death, shall prey upon their consciences (which the poetical fictions represented by a vulture continually pecking at the heart), and this shame is but an earnest of the everlasting shame and contempt they shall rise to.
IV. This shall redound very much both to the glory of God and to the comfort and satisfaction of his people. 1. It shall be much for the honour of God, for the heathen shall hereby be made to know that he is the Lord (v. 21): All the heathen shall see and observe my judgments that I have executed, and thereby my glory shall be set among them. This principle shall be admitted and established among them more than ever, that the God of Israel is a great and glorious God. He is known to be so even among the heathen, that have not, or read not, his written word, by the judgments which he executes. 2. It shall be much for the satisfaction of his people; for they shall hereby be made to know that he is their God (v. 22): The house of Israel shall know, abundantly to their comfort, that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward. (1.) He will be so from that day and forward. God's present mercies are pledges and assurances of further mercies. If God evidence to us that he is our God he assures us that he will never leave us. This God is our God for ever and ever. (2.) They shall know it with more satisfaction from that day and forward. They had sometimes been ready to question whether the Lord was with them or no; but the events of this day shall silence their doubts, and, the matter being thus settled and made clear, it shall not be doubted of for the future. As boasting in themselves is hereby for ever excluded, so boasting in God is hereby for ever secured.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:8: it is come: The prophet, seeing in vision the accomplishment of the prediction, speaks of it as already come and done. Eze 7:2-10; Isa 33:10-12; Rev 16:17, Rev 21:6
this: Eze 38:17; Pe2 3:8
Geneva 1599
39:8 Behold, (d) it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord GOD; this [is] the day of which I have spoken.
(d) That is, this plague is fully determined in my counsel and cannot be changed.
John Gill
39:8 Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord God,.... That is, the salvation of his people, and the destruction of their enemies; the prophecy concerning all this is come to pass, and the whole is accomplished; thus, because of the certainty thereof, it is represented as if the time was actually come, and the thing was really done; for the event is as sure as if it was now fulfilled:
this is the day whereof I have spoken; by the Prophet Ezekiel and others; See Gill on Ezek 38:17.
John Wesley
39:8 It is come - As sure as if already come. The day - That notable day of recompences against the last great enemies of the church.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:8 it is come . . . it is done--The prediction of the salvation of My people, and the ruin of their enemy, is come to pass--is done: expressing that the event foretold is as certain as if it were already accomplished.
39:939:9: Եւ ելցեն բնակիչք քաղաքաց Իսրայէլի. եւ այրեսցեն զզէնս, զնիզակաբեկս, զասպարաբեկս, զնետս, զբեկորս աղեղանց, զտիգաբունս, զսըւնակոթս, եւ այրեսցեն իւրեանց այրելիս եւթն ամի[12918]. [12918] Ոմանք. Զսունակոթս. կամ՝ զսուէնակոթս, եւ արասցեն այրելի իւրեանց։ Ոսկան. Իւրեանց եօթն ամ։
9 Եւ պիտի ելնեն Իսրայէլի քաղաքների բնակիչները, պիտի այրեն իրենց զէնքերը, նիզակներն ու ասպարները, նետերն ու աղեղների բեկորները, տէգերի բներն ու սուինների կոթերը.
9 Իսրայէլի քաղաքներուն բնակիչները պիտի ելլեն ու կրակ պիտի վառեն ու զէնքերը պիտի այրեն։ Ասպարներով, վահաններով, աղեղներով, նետերով, բիրերով ու նիզակներով եօթը տարի կրակ պիտի վառեն։
Եւ ելցեն բնակիչք քաղաքաց Իսրայելի, [843]եւ այրեսցեն զզէնս, զնիզակաբեկս, զասպարաբեկս, զնետս, զբեկորս աղեղանց, զտիգաբունս, զսըւնակոթս, եւ այրեսցեն իւրեանց այրելիս եւթն ամի:

39:9: Եւ ելցեն բնակիչք քաղաքաց Իսրայէլի. եւ այրեսցեն զզէնս, զնիզակաբեկս, զասպարաբեկս, զնետս, զբեկորս աղեղանց, զտիգաբունս, զսըւնակոթս, եւ այրեսցեն իւրեանց այրելիս եւթն ամի[12918].
[12918] Ոմանք. Զսունակոթս. կամ՝ զսուէնակոթս, եւ արասցեն այրելի իւրեանց։ Ոսկան. Իւրեանց եօթն ամ։
9 Եւ պիտի ելնեն Իսրայէլի քաղաքների բնակիչները, պիտի այրեն իրենց զէնքերը, նիզակներն ու ասպարները, նետերն ու աղեղների բեկորները, տէգերի բներն ու սուինների կոթերը.
9 Իսրայէլի քաղաքներուն բնակիչները պիտի ելլեն ու կրակ պիտի վառեն ու զէնքերը պիտի այրեն։ Ասպարներով, վահաններով, աղեղներով, նետերով, բիրերով ու նիզակներով եօթը տարի կրակ պիտի վառեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:939:9 Тогда жители городов Израилевых выйдут, и разведут огонь, и будут сожигать оружие, щиты и латы, луки и стрелы, и булавы и копья; семь лет буду жечь их.
39:9 καὶ και and; even ἐξελεύσονται εξερχομαι come out; go out οἱ ο the κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even καύσουσιν καιω burn ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ὅπλοις οπλον armament; weapon πέλταις πελτη and; even κοντοῖς κοντος and; even τόξοις τοξον bow καὶ και and; even τοξεύμασιν τοξευμα and; even ῥάβδοις ραβδος rod χειρῶν χειρ hand καὶ και and; even λόγχαις λογχη spear καὶ και and; even καύσουσιν καιω burn ἐν εν in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him πῦρ πυρ fire ἑπτὰ επτα seven ἔτη ετος year
39:9 וְֽ wᵊˈ וְ and יָצְא֞וּ yāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out יֹשְׁבֵ֣י׀ yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וּ û וְ and בִעֲר֡וּ viʕᵃrˈû בער burn וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and הִשִּׂיקוּ hiśśîqˌû נשׂק kindle בְּ bᵊ בְּ in נֶ֨שֶׁק nˌešeq נֵשֶׁק equipment וּ û וְ and מָגֵ֤ן māḡˈēn מָגֵן shield וְ wᵊ וְ and צִנָּה֙ ṣinnˌā צִנָּה shield בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֶ֣שֶׁת qˈešeṯ קֶשֶׁת bow וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in חִצִּ֔ים ḥiṣṣˈîm חֵץ arrow וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in מַקֵּ֥ל maqqˌēl מַקֵּל rod יָ֖ד yˌāḏ יָד hand וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in רֹ֑מַח rˈōmaḥ רֹמַח lance וּ û וְ and בִעֲר֥וּ viʕᵃrˌû בער burn בָהֶ֛ם vāhˈem בְּ in אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire שֶׁ֥בַע šˌevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven שָׁנִֽים׃ šānˈîm שָׁנָה year
39:9. et egredientur habitatores de civitatibus Israhel et succendent et conburent arma clypeum et hastas arcum et sagittas et baculos manus et contos et succendent ea igne septem annisAnd the inhabitants shall go forth of the cities of Israel, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, the shields, and the spears, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves and the pikes: and they shall burn them with fire seven years.
9. And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall make fires of the weapons and burn them, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and they shall make fires of them seven years.
39:9. And the inhabitants from the cities of Israel will go forth, and they will kindle and burn the weapons, the shields and the spears, the bows and the arrows, and the staff and the lance. And they will kindle fires with them for seven years.
39:9. And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years:
And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years:

39:9 Тогда жители городов Израилевых выйдут, и разведут огонь, и будут сожигать оружие, щиты и латы, луки и стрелы, и булавы и копья; семь лет буду жечь их.
39:9
καὶ και and; even
ἐξελεύσονται εξερχομαι come out; go out
οἱ ο the
κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
καύσουσιν καιω burn
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ὅπλοις οπλον armament; weapon
πέλταις πελτη and; even
κοντοῖς κοντος and; even
τόξοις τοξον bow
καὶ και and; even
τοξεύμασιν τοξευμα and; even
ῥάβδοις ραβδος rod
χειρῶν χειρ hand
καὶ και and; even
λόγχαις λογχη spear
καὶ και and; even
καύσουσιν καιω burn
ἐν εν in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
πῦρ πυρ fire
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
ἔτη ετος year
39:9
וְֽ wᵊˈ וְ and
יָצְא֞וּ yāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out
יֹשְׁבֵ֣י׀ yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וּ û וְ and
בִעֲר֡וּ viʕᵃrˈû בער burn
וְ֠ wᵊ וְ and
הִשִּׂיקוּ hiśśîqˌû נשׂק kindle
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
נֶ֨שֶׁק nˌešeq נֵשֶׁק equipment
וּ û וְ and
מָגֵ֤ן māḡˈēn מָגֵן shield
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צִנָּה֙ ṣinnˌā צִנָּה shield
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֶ֣שֶׁת qˈešeṯ קֶשֶׁת bow
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
חִצִּ֔ים ḥiṣṣˈîm חֵץ arrow
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מַקֵּ֥ל maqqˌēl מַקֵּל rod
יָ֖ד yˌāḏ יָד hand
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
רֹ֑מַח rˈōmaḥ רֹמַח lance
וּ û וְ and
בִעֲר֥וּ viʕᵃrˌû בער burn
בָהֶ֛ם vāhˈem בְּ in
אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire
שֶׁ֥בַע šˌevaʕ שֶׁבַע seven
שָׁנִֽים׃ šānˈîm שָׁנָה year
39:9. et egredientur habitatores de civitatibus Israhel et succendent et conburent arma clypeum et hastas arcum et sagittas et baculos manus et contos et succendent ea igne septem annis
And the inhabitants shall go forth of the cities of Israel, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, the shields, and the spears, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves and the pikes: and they shall burn them with fire seven years.
39:9. And the inhabitants from the cities of Israel will go forth, and they will kindle and burn the weapons, the shields and the spears, the bows and the arrows, and the staff and the lance. And they will kindle fires with them for seven years.
39:9. And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9-10. “Громадная величина катастрофы живо представляется во множестве доставшегося в добычу оружия, в сравнении с которым остальная добыча мыслится только случайной” (Сменд). Оружие обыкновенно считается самой ценной военной добычей, так как им можно в свою очередь воспользоваться против врага. Но здесь не так: что стал бы делать Израиль с оружием, когда в том славном будущем он не будет вести войн (см. объяснение XXXVIII:11, как и вообще на земле тогда не будет войн: Ис IX:5), как и теперь исход войны решил для него один Бог. Итак, с оружием не остается сделать ничего лучшего, как воспользоваться им в качестве топлива вместо того, чтобы искать последнего на поле (откуда получали более легкий материал для топлива - “дрова”) или в лесах (дрова в соб. смысле), “что так кстати в бедной лесом стране” (Креч.). Для усиления впечатления оружие перечисляется подробно, образуя с своим родовым понятием 7: (символическое число полноты и бесконечности) членов соответственно 7: годам сожигания его (такая громада его для всей страны на 7: лет!). Это сожжение вместе с тем и очистит страну от последних остатков неприятельской, языческой скверны (ср. ст. 14: и Чис XXXI:20). - “Латы” - с большою вероятностью предполагаемое значение евр. цинна, которое LXX и Вульг. передают “копье”, благодаря чему последнее у них названо дважды (еще последним: “сулица”). - “Булавы” - букв. “палки рук”, пастушеские палки (Чис XXII:27), дубины, которые, следовательно, тоже служили оружием, конечно, у более диких народов (вообще все оружие здесь представляется более деревянным, чем металлическим, если оно служит для топлива). - “И оберут грабителей своих”, как при исходе из Египта. - “Говорит Господь Бог”, Которого справедливость требует этого мщения.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:9: And shall set on fire - the weapons - The Israelites shall make bonfires and fuel of the weapons, tents, etc., which the defeated Syrians shall leave behind them, as expressive of the joy which they shall feel for the destruction of their enemies; and to keep up, in their culinary consumption, the memory of this great event.
They shall burn them with fire seven years - These may be figurative expressions, after the manner of the Asiatics, whose language abounds with such descriptions. They occur every where in the prophets. As to the number seven it is only a certain for an indeterminate number. But as the slaughter was great, and the bows, arrows, quivers, shields, bucklers, handstaves, and spears were in vast multitudes, it must have taken a long time to gather them up in the different parts of the fields of battle, and the roads in which the Syrians had retreated, throwing away their arms as they proceeded; so there might have been a long time employed in collecting and burning them. And as all seem to have been doomed to the fire, there might have been some found at different intervals and burned, during the seven years here mentioned. Mariana, in his History of Spain, lib. xi., c. 24, says, that after the Spaniards had given that signal overthrow to the Saracens, a.d. 1212 they found such a vast quantity of lances, javelins, and such like, that they served them for four years for fuel. And probably these instruments obtained by the Israelites were used in general for culinary firewood, and might literally have served them for seven years; so that during that time they should take no wood out of the fields, nor out of the forests for the purpose of fuel, Eze 39:10.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:9: Burn them with fire - Or, "kindle fire with them;" or, as in the margin. The weapons of the army left on the field of battle shall be so numerous as to supply fuel for the people of the land for seven years. Seven was a number connected with cleansing after contact with the dead (Num 19:11 ff), and this purification of the land by the clearance of paganish spoils was a holy work (compare Eze 39:12).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:9: shall go: Psa 111:2, Psa 111:3; Isa 66:24; Mal 1:5
and shall: Eze 39:10; Jos 11:6; Psa 46:9; Zac 9:10
set on fire: The language here employed seems to intimate that the army of Gog will be cut off by miracle, as that of Sennacherib; for the people are described as going forth, not to fight and conquer, but merely to gather the spoil, and to destroy the weapons of war, as no longer of use., hand staves, or, javelins
and they: When the immense number and destruction of the invaders are considered, and also the little fuel comparatively which is necessary in warm climates, we may easily conceive of this being literally fulfilled.
burn them with fire: or, make a fire of them
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
39:9
Total Destruction of Gog and his Hosts
Ezek 39:9. Then will the inhabitants of the cities of Israel go forth, and burn and heat with armour and shield and target, with bow and arrows and hand-staves and spears, and will burn fire with them for seven years; Ezek 39:10. And will not fetch wood from the field, nor cut wood out of the forests, but will burn fire with the armour, and will spoil those who spoiled them, and plunder those who plundered them, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. Ezek 39:11. And it will come to pass in that day, that I will give Gog a place where his grave in Israel shall be, the valley of the travellers, and there will they bury Gog and all his multitude, and will call it the valley of Gog's multitude. Ezek 39:12. They of the house of Israel will bury them, to purify the land for seven months. V.1 3. And all the people of the land will bury, and it will be to them for a name on the day when I glorify myself, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. Ezek 39:14. And they will set apart constant men, such as rove about in the land, and such as bury with them that rove about those who remain upon the surface of the ground, to cleanse it, after the lapse of seven months will they search it through. Ezek 39:15. And those who rove about will pass through the land; and if one sees a man's bone, he will set up a sign by it, till the buriers of the dead bury it in the valley of the multitude of Gog. Ezek 39:16. The name of a city shall also be called Hamonah (multitude). And thus will they cleanse the land. Ezek 39:17. And thou, son of man, thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Say to the birds of every plumage, and to all the beasts of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come, gather together from round about to my sacrifice, which I slaughter for you, to a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, and eat flesh and drink blood. Ezek 39:18. Flesh of heroes shall ye eat, and drink blood of princes of the earth; rams, lambs, and he-goats, bullocks, all fattened in Bashan. Ezek 39:9. And ye shall eat fat to satiety, and drink blood to intoxication, of my sacrifice which I have slaughtered for you. Ezek 39:20. And ye shall satiate yourselves at my table with horses and riders, heroes and all kinds of men of war, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. - To show how terrible the judgment upon Gog will be, Ezekiel depicts in three special ways the total destruction of his powerful forces. In the first place, the burning of all the weapons of the fallen foe will furnish the inhabitants of the land of Israel with wood for firing for seven years, so that there will be no necessity for them to fetch fuel from the field or from the forest (Ezek 39:9 and Ezek 39:10). But Hvernick is wrong in supposing that the reason for burning the weapons is that, according to Is 9:5, weapons of war are irreconcilable with the character of the Messianic times of peace. This is not referred to here; but the motive is the complete annihilation of the enemy, the removal of every trace of him. The prophet therefore crowds the words together for the purpose of enumerating every kind of weapon that was combustible, even to the hand-staves which men were accustomed to carry (cf. Num 22:27). The quantity of the weapons will be so great, that they will supply the Israelites with all the fuel they need for seven years. The number seven in the seven years as well as in the seven months of burying (Ezek 39:11) is symbolical, stamping the overthrow as a punishment inflicted by God, the completion of a divine judgment.
With the gathering of the weapons for burning there is associated the plundering of the fallen foe (Ezek 39:10), by which the Israelites do to the enemy what he intended to do to them (Ezek 38:12), and the people of God obtain possession of the wealth of their foes (cf. Jer 30:16). In the second place, God will assign a large burying-place for the army of Gog in a valley of Israel, which is to be named in consequence "the multitude of Gog;" just as a city in that region will also be called Hamonah from this event. The Israelites will bury the fallen of Gog there for seven months long, and after the expiration of that time they will have the land explored by men specially appointed for the purpose, and bones that may still have been left unburied will be sought out, and they will have them interred by buriers of the dead, that the land may be thoroughly cleansed (Ezek 39:11-16). מקום שׁם, a place where there was a grave in Israel, i.e., a spot in which he might be buried in Israel. There are different opinions as to both the designation and the situation of this place. There is no foundation for the supposition that גּי העברים derives its name from the mountains of Abarim in Num 27:12 and Deut 32:49 (Michaelis, Eichhorn), or that it signifies valley of the haughty ones (Ewald), or that there is an allusion to the valley mentioned in Zech 14:4 (Hitzig), or the valley of Jehoshaphat (Kliefoth). The valley cannot even have derived its name (העברים) from the עברים, who passed through the land to search out the bones of the dead that still remained unburied, and have them interred (Ezek 39:14, Ezek 39:15). For העברים cannot have any other meaning here than that which it has in the circumstantial clause which follows, where those who explored the land cannot possibly be intended, although even this clause is also obscure. The only other passage in which חסם occurs is Deut 25:4, where it signifies a muzzle, and in the Arabic it means to obstruct, or cut off; and hence, in the passage before us, probably, to stop the way. העברים are not the Scythians (Hitzig), for the word עבר is never applied to their invasion of the land, but generally the travellers who pass through the land, or more especially those who cross from Peraea to Canaan. The valley of העברים is no doubt the valley of the Jordan above the Dead Sea. The definition indicates this, viz., קדמת, on the front of the sea; not to the east of the sea, as it is generally rendered, for קדמת never has this meaning (see the comm. on Gen 2:14). By היּם we cannot understand "the Mediterranean,"as the majority of the commentators have done, as there would then be no meaning in the words, since the whole of the land of Israel was situated to the east of the Mediterranean Sea. היּם is the Dead Sea, generally called היּם הקּדמוני (Ezek 47:18); and קדמת, "on the front side of the (Dead) Sea," as looked at from Jerusalem, the central point of the land, is probably the valley of the Jordan, the principal crossing place from Gilead into Canaan proper, and the broadest part of the Jordan-valley, which was therefore well adapted to be the burial-place for the multitude of slaughtered foes. But in consequence of the army of Gog having there found its grave, this valley will in future block up the way to the travellers who desire to pass to and fro. This appears to be the meaning of the circumstantial clause.
From the fact that Gog's multitude is buried there, the valley itself will receive the name of Hamon-Gog. The Israelites will occupy seven months in burying them, so enormously great will be the number of the dead to be buried (Ezek 39:12), and this labour will be for a name, i.e., for renown, to the whole nation. This does not mean, of course, "that it will be a source of honour to them to assist in this work;" nor is the renown to be sought in the fact, that as a privileged people, protected by God, they can possess the grave of Gog in their land (Hitzig), - a thought which is altogether remote, and perfectly foreign to Israelitish views; but the burying of Gog's multitude of troops will be for a name to the people of Israel, inasmuch as they thereby cleanse the land and manifest their zeal to show themselves a holy people by sweeping all uncleanness away. יום is an accusative of time: on the day when I glorify myself. - Ezek 39:14, Ezek 39:15. The effort made to cleanse the land perfectly from the uncleanness arising from the bones of the dead will be so great, that after the great mass of the slain have been buried in seven months, there will be men specially appointed to bury the bones of the dead that still lie scattered here and there about the land. אנשׁי תּמיד are people who have a permanent duty to discharge. The participles עברים and מקבּרים are co-ordinate, and are written together asyndetos, men who go about the land, and men who bury with those who go about. That the words are to be understood in this sense is evident from Ezek 39:15, according to which those who go about do not perform the task of burying, but simply search for bones that have been left, and put up a sign for the buriers of the dead. ראה, with the subject indefinite; if one sees a human bone, he builds (erects) a ציּוּן, or stone, by the side of it (cf. 4Kings 23:17). - Ezek 39:16. A city shall also receive the name of Hamonah, i.e., multitude or tumult. To שׁם־עיר we may easily supply יהיה from the context, since this puts in the future the statement, "the name of the city is," for which no verb was required in Hebrew. In the last words, וטהרוּ הארץ, the main thought is finally repeated and the picture brought to a close. - Ezek 39:17-20. In the third place, God will provide the birds of prey and beasts of prey with an abundant meal from this slaughter. This cannot be understood as signifying that only what remain of the corpses, and have not been cleared away in the manner depicted in Ezek 39:11-16, will become the prey of wild beasts; but the beasts of prey will make their meal of the corpses before it is possible to bury them, since the burying cannot be effected immediately or all at once. - The several features in the picture, of the manner in which the enemies are to be destroyed till the last trace of them is gone, are not arranged in chronological order, but according to the subject-matter; and the thought that the slaughtered foes are to become the prey of wild beasts is mentioned last as being the more striking, because it is in this that their ignominious destruction culminates. To give due prominence to this thought, the birds and beasts of prey are summoned by God to gather together to the meal prepared for them. The picture given of it as a sacrificial meal is based upon Is 34:6 and Jer 46:10. In harmony with this picture the slaughtered foes are designated as fattened sacrificial beasts, rams, lambs, he-goats, bullocks; on which Grotius has correctly remarked, that "these names of animals, which were generally employed in the sacrifices, are to be understood as signifying different orders of men, chiefs, generals, soldiers, as the Chaldee also observes."
Geneva 1599
39:9 And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall (e) go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the javelins, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years:
(e) After this destruction the Church will have great peace and tranquillity and burn all their weapons because they will no more fear the enemies. This chiefly refers to the accomplishment of Christ's kingdom when by their head Christ all enemies will be overcome.
John Gill
39:9 And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth,.... Out of their houses into the streets, where Gog's soldiers will lie dead, and their armour by them; or rather out of their cities, where they dwelt safely, and where they kept themselves, and were secure from the enemy: these seem to be distinct from the militia of Israel, engaged in battle with Gog; these were the inhabitants that will stay at home, and yet share in the spoil and plunder; see Ps 68:12, these, after the battle is over, and the victory obtained, of which they will have information, will then march out without fear into the open fields and mountains, where the army of Gog will fall, Ezek 39:4,
and shall set on fire and burn the weapons; the armour of Gog's army, which they shall find lie by the dead, or upon them; or which they that flee will cast away; these they shall gather together, and lay on a heap, and burn, as sometimes has been the practice of conquerors; or rather they shall take them to their own houses, and make fuel of them, and burn them, instead of wood out of the fields and forests, as the following verse shows:
both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows; which were the weapons that Gog and his associates used; see Ezek 38:4,
and the handstaves, and the spears; the "handstaves" were either half pikes or truncheons, as some think; or javelins, as others:
and they shall burn them with fire seven years; which some take to be a certain number for an uncertain, and others an hyperbolical expression; but when it is considered what a vast army this of Gog's will be, and what prodigious numbers of weapons of all sorts must be carried by them, and the little use of fire in those hot countries: it may be very well taken in a literal sense, and the meaning be, that so great will be the quantity of warlike weapons that will be found and gathered, that they will serve for fuel for the space of seven years.
John Wesley
39:9 The weapons - The warlike provision, instruments, engines, carriages and wagons. Shall burn - It may be wondered why they burn these weapons, which might be of use to them for defence; but it was done in testimony that God was their defence, on whom only they relied. With fire - In such a country where the need of fire is much less than with us, it will not seem incredible, that the warlike utensils of so numerous an army might be enough to furnish them with fuel for many years.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:9 The burning of the foe's weapons implies that nothing belonging to them should be left to pollute the land. The seven years (seven being the sacred number) spent on this work, implies the completeness of the cleansing, and the people's zeal for purity. How different from the ancient Israelites, who left not merely the arms, but the heathen themselves, to remain among them [FAIRBAIRN], (Judg 1:27-28; Judg 2:2-3; Ps 106:34-36). The desolation by Antiochus began in the one hundred and forty-first year of the SeleucidÃ&brvbr;. From this date to 148, a period of six years and four months ("2300 days," Dan 8:14), when the temple-worship was restored (1 Maccabees 4:52), God vouchsafed many triumphs to His people; from this time to the death of Antiochus, early in 149, a period of seven months, the Jews had rest from Antiochus, and purified their land, and on the twenty-fifth day of the ninth month celebrated the EncÃ&brvbr;nia, or feast of dedication (Jn 10:22) and purification of the temple. The whole period, in round numbers, was seven years. Mattathias was the patriotic Jewish leader, and his third son, Judas, the military commander under whom the Syrian generals were defeated. He retook Jerusalem and purified the temple. Simon and Jonathan, his brothers, succeeded him: the independence of the Jews was secured, and the crown vested in the Asmonean family, in which it continued till Herod the Great.
39:1039:10: եւ մի՛ առցեն փայտ ՚ի վայրաց, եւ յատցեն փայտ յանտառաց. այլ զզէնսն այրեսցեն ՚ի կրակի. եւ առցեն յաւարի զաւարառուս իւրեանց, եւ կողոպտեսցեն զկողոպտիչս իւրեանց՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12919]։ [12919] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եւ հատցեն փայտ։ Ուր բազումք. Եւ մի հատցեն։
10 եօթը տարի վառելու են իրենց կրակը. փայտ չեն վերցնելու դաշտերից, փայտ չեն կտրելու անտառներից, այլ զէնքերն են այրելու կրակի մէջ: Աւարելու են իրենց աւարառուներին, կողոպտելու՝ իրենց կողոպտիչներին”, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
10 Դաշտէն փայտ պիտի չբերեն, ո՛չ ալ անտառներէն պիտի կտրեն, հապա զէնքերով կրակ պիտի վառեն։ Զիրենք թալլողները պիտի թալլեն ու զիրենք կողոպտողները պիտի կողոպտեն’, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
Եւ մի՛ առցեն փայտ ի վայրաց, եւ մի՛ հատցեն փայտ յանտառաց, այլ զզէնսն այրեսցեն ի կրակի. եւ առցեն յաւարի զաւարառուս իւրեանց, եւ կողոպտեսցեն զկողոպտիչս իւրեանց, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

39:10: եւ մի՛ առցեն փայտ ՚ի վայրաց, եւ յատցեն փայտ յանտառաց. այլ զզէնսն այրեսցեն ՚ի կրակի. եւ առցեն յաւարի զաւարառուս իւրեանց, եւ կողոպտեսցեն զկողոպտիչս իւրեանց՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12919]։
[12919] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եւ հատցեն փայտ։ Ուր բազումք. Եւ մի հատցեն։
10 եօթը տարի վառելու են իրենց կրակը. փայտ չեն վերցնելու դաշտերից, փայտ չեն կտրելու անտառներից, այլ զէնքերն են այրելու կրակի մէջ: Աւարելու են իրենց աւարառուներին, կողոպտելու՝ իրենց կողոպտիչներին”, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
10 Դաշտէն փայտ պիտի չբերեն, ո՛չ ալ անտառներէն պիտի կտրեն, հապա զէնքերով կրակ պիտի վառեն։ Զիրենք թալլողները պիտի թալլեն ու զիրենք կողոպտողները պիտի կողոպտեն’, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1039:10 И не будут носить дров с поля, ни рубить из лесов, но будут жечь только оружие; и ограбят грабителей своих, и оберут обирателей своих, говорит Господь Бог.
39:10 καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not μὴ μη not λάβωσιν λαμβανω take; get ξύλα ξυλον wood; timber ἐκ εκ from; out of τοῦ ο the πεδίου πεδιον not even; neither μὴ μη not κόψωσιν κοπτω cut; mourn ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the δρυμῶν δρυμος but ἢ η or; than τὰ ο the ὅπλα οπλον armament; weapon κατακαύσουσιν κατακαιω burn up πυρί πυρ fire καὶ και and; even προνομεύσουσιν προνομευω the προνομεύσαντας προνομευω he; him καὶ και and; even σκυλεύσουσιν σκυλευω the σκυλεύσαντας σκυλευω he; him λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:10 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יִשְׂא֨וּ yiśʔˌû נשׂא lift עֵצִ֜ים ʕēṣˈîm עֵץ tree מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the שָּׂדֶ֗ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not יַחְטְבוּ֙ yaḥṭᵊvˌû חטב gather wood מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the יְּעָרִ֔ים yyᵊʕārˈîm יַעַר wood כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that בַ va בְּ in † הַ the נֶּ֖שֶׁק nnˌešeq נֵשֶׁק equipment יְבַֽעֲרוּ־ yᵊvˈaʕᵃrû- בער burn אֵ֑שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁלְל֣וּ šālᵊlˈû שׁלל plunder אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שֹׁלְלֵיהֶ֗ם šōlᵊlêhˈem שׁלל plunder וּ û וְ and בָֽזְזוּ֙ vˈāzᵊzû בזז spoil אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בֹּ֣זְזֵיהֶ֔ם bˈōzᵊzêhˈem בזז spoil נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ ס [yᵊhwˈih] . s יְהוָה YHWH
39:10. et non portabunt ligna de regionibus neque succident de saltibus quoniam arma succendent igne et depraedabuntur eos quibus praedae fuerant et diripient vastatores suos ait Dominus DeusAnd they shall not bring wood out of the countries, nor cut down out of the forests: for they shall burn the weapons with fire, and shall make a prey of them to whom they had been a prey, and they shall rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.
10. so that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; for they shall make fires of the weapons: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord GOD.
39:10. And they will not carry wood from the countryside, and they will not cut from the forests. For they will kindle the weapons with fire. And they will prey upon those who had preyed upon them, and they will plunder those who had plundered them, says the Lord God.
39:10. So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down [any] out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord GOD.
So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down [any] out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord GOD:

39:10 И не будут носить дров с поля, ни рубить из лесов, но будут жечь только оружие; и ограбят грабителей своих, и оберут обирателей своих, говорит Господь Бог.
39:10
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
λάβωσιν λαμβανω take; get
ξύλα ξυλον wood; timber
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τοῦ ο the
πεδίου πεδιον not even; neither
μὴ μη not
κόψωσιν κοπτω cut; mourn
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
δρυμῶν δρυμος but
η or; than
τὰ ο the
ὅπλα οπλον armament; weapon
κατακαύσουσιν κατακαιω burn up
πυρί πυρ fire
καὶ και and; even
προνομεύσουσιν προνομευω the
προνομεύσαντας προνομευω he; him
καὶ και and; even
σκυλεύσουσιν σκυλευω the
σκυλεύσαντας σκυλευω he; him
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:10
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יִשְׂא֨וּ yiśʔˌû נשׂא lift
עֵצִ֜ים ʕēṣˈîm עֵץ tree
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׂדֶ֗ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
יַחְטְבוּ֙ yaḥṭᵊvˌû חטב gather wood
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
יְּעָרִ֔ים yyᵊʕārˈîm יַעַר wood
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
נֶּ֖שֶׁק nnˌešeq נֵשֶׁק equipment
יְבַֽעֲרוּ־ yᵊvˈaʕᵃrû- בער burn
אֵ֑שׁ ʔˈēš אֵשׁ fire
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁלְל֣וּ šālᵊlˈû שׁלל plunder
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שֹׁלְלֵיהֶ֗ם šōlᵊlêhˈem שׁלל plunder
וּ û וְ and
בָֽזְזוּ֙ vˈāzᵊzû בזז spoil
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בֹּ֣זְזֵיהֶ֔ם bˈōzᵊzêhˈem בזז spoil
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ ס [yᵊhwˈih] . s יְהוָה YHWH
39:10. et non portabunt ligna de regionibus neque succident de saltibus quoniam arma succendent igne et depraedabuntur eos quibus praedae fuerant et diripient vastatores suos ait Dominus Deus
And they shall not bring wood out of the countries, nor cut down out of the forests: for they shall burn the weapons with fire, and shall make a prey of them to whom they had been a prey, and they shall rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.
39:10. And they will not carry wood from the countryside, and they will not cut from the forests. For they will kindle the weapons with fire. And they will prey upon those who had preyed upon them, and they will plunder those who had plundered them, says the Lord God.
39:10. So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down [any] out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:10: shall spoil: Exo 3:22, Exo 12:36; Isa 14:2, Isa 33:1; Mic 5:8; Hab 3:8; Zep 2:9, Zep 2:10; Mat 7:2; Rev 13:10, Rev 18:6
John Gill
39:10 So that they shall take no wood out of the field,.... During that seven years; or they shall have no need to do so, as the Syriac version; having a sufficiency of armour:
neither cut down any out of the forest: out of the forest of Lebanon, or any other, where they used to fetch wood for their necessary uses; but so great a quantity of armour shall now be brought home by them to their houses, that they should have no need to be at the trouble and expense of fetching wood from the forests:
for they shall burn the weapons with fire; the reason of which will be, because they will have no occasion for them hereafter; for when this battle is over, which seems to be the same with that at Armageddon, there will be an entire destruction of all the enemies of Christ and his church; the world will be cleared of them, and there will be war no more, and so no more use of weapons; this will be the last battle that will be fought; see Is 2:4,
and they shall spoil those that spoil them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God: not only take their weapons and burn them, but strip them of their garments, and take away their gold, and silver, and jewels, and everything of value they shall find about them.
39:1139:11: Եւ եղիցի յաւուր յայնմիկ՝ տաց Գովգայ տեղի անուանի գերեզման յԻսրայէլի. զշիրիմ եկելոցն ՚ի կողմանց ծովուն, եւ շինեսցեն շուրջ զափամբք ձորոյն եւ թաղեսցեն անդ զԳովգ, եւ զամենայն ժողովս նորա. եւ կոչեսցի Գե՛հ գերեզման Գովգայ[12920]։ [12920] Բազումք. ԶԳովգ անդ։
11 «Այն օրը Գոգին ես Իսրայէլում տալու եմ գերեզմանի յայտնի տեղ, ծովի կողմերից եկածների շիրիմը. ձորափերի շուրջը գերեզման են շինելու ու այնտեղ թաղելու են Գոգին ու նրա բոլոր բազմութիւններին: Եւ շիրիմը կոչուելու է ‘ Գոգի հօտի գերեզման”:
11 Այն օրը Իսրայէլի մէջ Գոգին գերեզմանի տեղ պիտի տամ Անցորդներու Ձորը՝ ծովուն արեւելեան կողմը։ Անիկա անցորդները պիտի արգիլէ ու հոն Գոգը ու անոր բոլոր բազմութիւնը պիտի թաղեն եւ զանիկա Գոգի Բազմութեան Ձորը պիտի կոչեն։
Եւ եղիցի յաւուր յայնմիկ տաց Գովգայ տեղի [844]անուանի գերեզման յԻսրայելի, զշիրիմ եկելոցն ի կողմանց ծովուն, եւ շինեսցեն շուրջ զափամբք ձորոյն`` եւ թաղեսցեն անդ զԳովգ եւ զամենայն ժողովս նորա, եւ [845]կոչեսցի Գեհ գերեզման`` Գովգայ:

39:11: Եւ եղիցի յաւուր յայնմիկ՝ տաց Գովգայ տեղի անուանի գերեզման յԻսրայէլի. զշիրիմ եկելոցն ՚ի կողմանց ծովուն, եւ շինեսցեն շուրջ զափամբք ձորոյն եւ թաղեսցեն անդ զԳովգ, եւ զամենայն ժողովս նորա. եւ կոչեսցի Գե՛հ գերեզման Գովգայ[12920]։
[12920] Բազումք. ԶԳովգ անդ։
11 «Այն օրը Գոգին ես Իսրայէլում տալու եմ գերեզմանի յայտնի տեղ, ծովի կողմերից եկածների շիրիմը. ձորափերի շուրջը գերեզման են շինելու ու այնտեղ թաղելու են Գոգին ու նրա բոլոր բազմութիւններին: Եւ շիրիմը կոչուելու է ‘ Գոգի հօտի գերեզման”:
11 Այն օրը Իսրայէլի մէջ Գոգին գերեզմանի տեղ պիտի տամ Անցորդներու Ձորը՝ ծովուն արեւելեան կողմը։ Անիկա անցորդները պիտի արգիլէ ու հոն Գոգը ու անոր բոլոր բազմութիւնը պիտի թաղեն եւ զանիկա Գոգի Բազմութեան Ձորը պիտի կոչեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1139:11 И будет в тот день: дам Гогу место для могилы в Израиле, долину прохожих на восток от моря, и она будет задерживать прохожих; и похоронят там Гога и все полчище его, и будут называть ее долиною полчища Гогова.
39:11 καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that δώσω διδωμι give; deposit τῷ ο the Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog τόπον τοπος place; locality ὀνομαστόν ονομαστος memorial; tomb ἐν εν in Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τὸ ο the πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον the ἐπελθόντων επερχομαι come on / against πρὸς προς to; toward τῇ ο the θαλάσσῃ θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even περιοικοδομήσουσιν περιοικοδομεω the περιστόμιον περιστομιον the φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge καὶ και and; even κατορύξουσιν κατορυσσω there τὸν ο the Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog καὶ και and; even πᾶν πας all; every τὸ ο the πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κληθήσεται καλεω call; invite τὸ ο the γαι γαι.1 the πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον the Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
39:11 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָ֣ה hāyˈā היה be בַ va בְּ in † הַ the יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֡וּא hˈû הוּא he אֶתֵּ֣ן ʔettˈēn נתן give לְ lᵊ לְ to גֹוג֩׀ ḡôḡ גֹּוג Gog מְקֹֽום־ mᵊqˈôm- מָקֹום place שָׁ֨ם šˌām שָׁם there קֶ֜בֶר qˈever קֶבֶר grave בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel גֵּ֤י gˈê גַּיְא valley הָ hā הַ the עֹֽבְרִים֙ ʕˈōvᵊrîm עבר pass קִדְמַ֣ת qiḏmˈaṯ קִדְמָה front הַ ha הַ the יָּ֔ם yyˈom יָם sea וְ wᵊ וְ and חֹסֶ֥מֶת ḥōsˌemeṯ חסם muzzle הִ֖יא hˌî הִיא she אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עֹֽבְרִ֑ים ʕˈōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass וְ wᵊ וְ and קָ֣בְרוּ qˈāvᵊrû קבר bury שָׁ֗ם šˈām שָׁם there אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גֹּוג֙ gôḡ גֹּוג Gog וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונֹ֔והמונה *hᵃmônˈô הָמֹון commotion וְ wᵊ וְ and קָ֣רְא֔וּ qˈārᵊʔˈû קרא call גֵּ֖יא gˌê גַּיְא valley הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion גֹּֽוג׃ gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog
39:11. et erit in die illa dabo Gog locum nominatum sepulchrum in Israhel vallem Viatorum ad orientem maris quae obstupescere facit praetereuntes et sepelient ibi Gog et omnem multitudinem eius et vocabitur vallis Multitudinis GogAnd it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give Gog a noted place for a sepulchre in Israel: the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea, which shall cause astonishment in them that pass by: and there shall they bury Gog, and all his multitude, and it shall be called the valley of the multitude of Gog.
11. And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give unto Gog a place for burial in Israel, the valley of them that pass through on the east of the sea: and it shall stop them that pass through: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call it The valley of Hamon-gog.
39:11. And this shall be in that day: I will give Gog a renown place as a sepulcher in Israel, the valley of the wayfarers to the east of the sea, which will cause astonishment in those who pass by. And in that place, they will bury Gog and all his multitude, and it will be called the valley of the multitude of Gog.
39:11. And it shall come to pass in that day, [that] I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the [noses] of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call [it] The valley of Hamongog.
And it shall come to pass in that day, [that] I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the [noses] of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call [it] The valley of Hamon- gog:

39:11 И будет в тот день: дам Гогу место для могилы в Израиле, долину прохожих на восток от моря, и она будет задерживать прохожих; и похоронят там Гога и все полчище его, и будут называть ее долиною полчища Гогова.
39:11
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
τῷ ο the
Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
τόπον τοπος place; locality
ὀνομαστόν ονομαστος memorial; tomb
ἐν εν in
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τὸ ο the
πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον the
ἐπελθόντων επερχομαι come on / against
πρὸς προς to; toward
τῇ ο the
θαλάσσῃ θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
περιοικοδομήσουσιν περιοικοδομεω the
περιστόμιον περιστομιον the
φάραγγος φαραγξ gorge
καὶ και and; even
κατορύξουσιν κατορυσσω there
τὸν ο the
Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
καὶ και and; even
πᾶν πας all; every
τὸ ο the
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κληθήσεται καλεω call; invite
τὸ ο the
γαι γαι.1 the
πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον the
Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
39:11
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָ֣ה hāyˈā היה be
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֡וּא hˈû הוּא he
אֶתֵּ֣ן ʔettˈēn נתן give
לְ lᵊ לְ to
גֹוג֩׀ ḡôḡ גֹּוג Gog
מְקֹֽום־ mᵊqˈôm- מָקֹום place
שָׁ֨ם šˌām שָׁם there
קֶ֜בֶר qˈever קֶבֶר grave
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
גֵּ֤י gˈê גַּיְא valley
הָ הַ the
עֹֽבְרִים֙ ʕˈōvᵊrîm עבר pass
קִדְמַ֣ת qiḏmˈaṯ קִדְמָה front
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֔ם yyˈom יָם sea
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֹסֶ֥מֶת ḥōsˌemeṯ חסם muzzle
הִ֖יא hˌî הִיא she
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עֹֽבְרִ֑ים ʕˈōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קָ֣בְרוּ qˈāvᵊrû קבר bury
שָׁ֗ם šˈām שָׁם there
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גֹּוג֙ gôḡ גֹּוג Gog
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונֹ֔והמונה
*hᵃmônˈô הָמֹון commotion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קָ֣רְא֔וּ qˈārᵊʔˈû קרא call
גֵּ֖יא gˌê גַּיְא valley
הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion
גֹּֽוג׃ gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog
39:11. et erit in die illa dabo Gog locum nominatum sepulchrum in Israhel vallem Viatorum ad orientem maris quae obstupescere facit praetereuntes et sepelient ibi Gog et omnem multitudinem eius et vocabitur vallis Multitudinis Gog
And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give Gog a noted place for a sepulchre in Israel: the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea, which shall cause astonishment in them that pass by: and there shall they bury Gog, and all his multitude, and it shall be called the valley of the multitude of Gog.
39:11. And this shall be in that day: I will give Gog a renown place as a sepulcher in Israel, the valley of the wayfarers to the east of the sea, which will cause astonishment in those who pass by. And in that place, they will bury Gog and all his multitude, and it will be called the valley of the multitude of Gog.
39:11. And it shall come to pass in that day, [that] I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the [noses] of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call [it] The valley of Hamongog.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
11. Гог найдет себе могилу в той стране, где искал добычи; но могила эта будет не священна как все, а местом особенного омерзения. - “Место для могилы во Израиле” букв. “место где могила” (где могла бы быть для него могила); “где” евр. шам LXX читали шем, имя, отчего у них “место нарочито”, “знаменитое” или что естественнее, как сейчас увидим, - “именуемое”, “так называемое”. - “Могила во Израиле” по евр. кебер-бе-Израел. Проф. А. А. Олесницкий в соч. “Мегалитические памятники святой земли” (Правосл. Палест. Сборник, т. XIV, в. 2, Спб. 1895, с. 281: и д.) обращает внимание на совпадение с этими словами того названия, которое имеют в Палестине дольмены северного Заиорданья: Кубур бени-Израель. В этом имени бени (“сыновья”) испорченное бе (“в”). Так называлось это место, очевидно потому, что оно служило кладбищем для иностранцев на Израильской земле, именно для тех иностранцев, которые умирали в торговых караванах, проходивших именно теми местами, где расположены эти дольмены. - “Долину прохожих на восток от моря”. Местности с таким названием “долина прохожих” неизвестно. Если под морем разуметь Средиземное, то таковою долиною могла быть Мегиддо, через которую проходила главная военная и торговая дорога между Египтом и Евфратом; эта долина славилась в истории как место битв (Иосия пал здесь); но под морем нельзя разуметь Средиземное, потому что в таком случае страною к востоку от него оказалась бы вся Палестина. Естественнее под морем разуметь Мертвое; а если еще при этом оверим прохожие прочесть как Аварим, то мы получили бы здесь указание на горную область Аварим со столь дорогой евреям горой Нево (Втор XXXII:19), лежащую действительно на востоке от Мертвого моря; но то была горная область, а не долина (ге), что требуется здесь. Поэтому вероятнее всего под морем разуметь с Таргумом Генисаретское озеро, а долину (LXX: poluandrion, слав. многопогребательно, по блаж. Иер большое кладбище) прохожих (иначе: странников, караванов) искать в той части прилегающего к этому озеру Заиорданья, где и расположены могилы-дольмены, носящие упомянутое название Кубур-бени-Израель. Это отожествление получает еще большую силу от обстоятельства, что именно в этих местах основалось наиболее скифов, с которыми есть некоторые данные сопоставить Гога, так что около этого озера именно и целый город, древний Бетсан, переименован был в Скифополь. Эта местность подходит для погребения Гога и в том отношении, что находится вне св. земли будущего (которая по XLVII и XLVIII гл. простирается только до Иордана), так что гроб Гога совершенно не осквернял бы св. земли, о чем пророк здесь так заботится. LXX: “многопогребательно (см. выше) пришедших на восток моря”, т. е. по блаж. Феодориту: где погребено множество напавших на землю с востока, т. е. ассириян. - “И она будет задерживать прохожих”. Пр. Олесницкий обращает внимание (цит. соч. с. 283) на то, что на главной караванной дороге Заиорданья, так называемой “царской”, идущей от Генисаретского озера к Дамаску, в том месте, где эта дорога переходит мост потока ер-Рукад, и где этим уже заграждается путь проходящих караванов, встречаем огромное поле дольменов-гробниц, тянущееся на многие мили по ту и другую сторону дороги, выступающее до самой дороги и в буквальном смысле; заграждающее ее. Менее вероятно такое объяснение: “задерживать” евр. хосемет употреблено во Втор XXV:4: о недопущении молотящего вола к пользованию зерном, т. е. о заграждении ему рта; на этом основании и здесь слову придают значение затыкать рот и нос; долина заставит прохожих затыкать нос от зловония. LXX, читая несколько иначе, имеют: “и заградят устие дебри”, т. е. “чтобы сделать эту долину более похожей на гробницу и загородить ее от священной земли” (Гитциг). - “Долиною полчища Гогова” LXX: многопогребательно (большое кладбище) poluandrion Гога; евр. гей-гамон-Гог. По латыни, полчище можно было бы передать “lеgio” (Генгстенберг); но точнее оно передается рус. орда (Олесницкий, там же).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:11: The valley of the passengers on the east of the sea - That is, of Gennesareth, according to the Targum. The valley near this lake or sea is called the Valley of the Passengers, because it was a great road by which the merchants and traders from Syria and other eastern countries went into Egypt; see Gen 37:17, Gen 37:25. See Calmet here.
There shall they bury Gog and all his multitude - Some read, "There shall they bury Gog, that is, all his multitude." Not Gog, or Antiochus himself, for he was not in this battle; but his generals, captains, and soldiers, by whom he was represented. As to Hamon-gog, we know no valley of this name but here. But we may understand the words thus: the place where this great slaughter was, and where the multitudes of the slain were buried, might be better called Hamon-gog, the valley of the multitude of God, than the valley of passengers; for so great was the carnage there, that the way of the passengers shall be stopped by it. See the text.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:11: The prophet pictures to himself some imaginary valley (compare Zac 14:5) at the "east of the sea," the Dead Sea, a place frightful in its physical character, and admonitory of past judgments. He calls it "the valley of the passengers" (or, passers-by), because they who there lie buried were but as a passing cloud. In Eze 39:11-15 there is a play upon words - there were "passengers" to be buried, "passengers" to walk over their graves, "passengers" to bury them; (or, a play upon the treble meaning of passing in (invading), passing by, and passing through.)
Stop the noses - The word thus rendered occurs only once more in Scripture Deu 25:4 where it is rendered muzzle. See Isa 34:3.
Hamon-gog - See the margin, compare Eze 39:16.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:11: the valley: Probably the valley near the Sea of Gennesareth, as the Targum renders, and so called because it was the great road by which the merchants and traders from Syria and other Eastern countries went into Egypt. Perhaps what is now called the plains of Haouran, south of Damascus.
on the east: Eze 47:18; Num 34:11; Luk 5:1; Joh 6:1
noses: or, mouths
Hamongog: that is, The multitude of Gog, Num 11:34 *margin
Geneva 1599
39:11 And it shall come to pass in that day, [that] I will give to Gog (f) a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the travellers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the (g) [noses] of the travellers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call [it] The valley of Hamongog.
(f) Which declares that the enemies will have a horrible fall.
(g) For the stink of the carcasses.
John Gill
39:11 And it shall come to pass in that day,.... When this destruction of the army of Gog shall be made:
that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel; or, "a place there, a grave in Israel" (b); he that thought to have subdued the whole land, and taken possession of it, shall have no more of it than just a place for a grave, to be buried in; a place fit for a grave, as the Targum; and where that will be is next observed: "the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea"; a valley through which travellers used to pass from Syria, Babylon, and other places, to Egypt and Arabia Felix, which lay east of the sea; not the Mediterranean sea, which lies west of Judea; but either the Dead sea, the sea of Sodom, a sulphurous lake, to which there may be an allusion, Rev_ 19:20 or the sea of Chinnereth, or Genesareth, as the Targum, Jarchi, and Kimchi; the same with the sea or lake of Tiberias and Galilee, mentioned in the New Testament; which sense is approved of by Gussetius (c); where was a passage from the land of Canaan to the east of the same sea. Calmet (d) thinks it stands for the great road at the foot of Mount Carmel, to go from Judea, Egypt, and the country of the Philistines, into Phoenicia, which road was to the east of the Mediterranean sea.
And it shall stop the noses of the passengers; or the passengers shall stop their noses, because of the ill smell of the carcasses (e); or their mouths, the mouths of blasphemers, who shall no more blaspheme the God of Israel, when they shall observe this monument of his power, in the destruction of his and his people's enemies. It may be rendered, "it shall stop the passengers (f); from passing that way, because of the multitude of the carcasses that shall fall there", and which is the reason of their being buried out of the way; this sense Jarchi takes notice of. The Targum is,
"and it is near to two mountains;''
as if this clause described the situation of the valley.
And there shall they bury Gog, and all his multitude; all his army, such of it as the fowls and beasts had not devoured, and the bones they had left; not his army only, but himself also, the Sultan or Grand Seignior of the Turks, the general of his mighty army: this was not true of Antiochus; he died not, nor was he buried in the land of Israel.
And they shall call it the valley of Hamon-gog: Hamon signifies a multitude; and this name will be imposed upon the place of Gog's sepulchre, because of the multitude slain and buried here, and to perpetuate the memory of it: there never was yet a place of this name in the land of Israel, which shows that this event is yet future. Calmet takes it to be the valley of Jezreel, in which he thinks the army of Cambyses was defeated, after the death of that prince; wrongly taking Cambyses and his army for Gog and Magog.
(b) "locum ibi sepulchrum", Starckius; "locum ubi sit sepulchrum", Cocceius. (c) Ebr. Comment. p. 585. (d) Dictionary in the word "Vale" (e) So R. Sol. Urbin. Ohel Moed, fol. 66. 2. (f) "et erit illa obturans transeuntes", Starckius; "et erit illa frenans transeuntes", Cocceius.
John Wesley
39:11 Gog - And to many of those with him; but many were given to the birds and beasts to be devoured. Graves - Gog came to take possession; and so he shall, but not as he purposed and hoped. He shall possess his house of darkness in that land which he invaded. The valley of the passengers - So called from the frequent travels of passengers through it from Egypt and Arabia Felix, into the more northern parts, and from these again into Egypt and Arabia. The sea - The Dead Sea. Hamon Gog - That is, the multitude of Gog.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:11 place . . . of graves--Gog found only a grave where he had expected the spoils of conquest.
valley--So vast were to be the masses that nothing but a deep valley would suffice for their corpses.
the passengers on the east of the sea--those travelling on the high road, east of the Dead Sea, from Syria to Petra and Egypt. The publicity of the road would cause many to observe God's judgments, as the stench (as English Version translates) or the multitude of graves (as HENDERSON translates, "it shall stop the passengers") would arrest the attention of passers-by. Their grave would be close to that of their ancient prototypes, Sodom and Gomorrah in the Dead Sea, both alike being signal instances of God's judgments.
39:1239:12: Եւ թաղեսցեն զնոսա տուն Իսրայէլի, զի սրբեսցի երկիրն. զեւթն ամիս
12 Իսրայէլի տան զաւակներն են թաղելու նրանց, որպէսզի մաքրուի երկիրը:
12 Իսրայէլի որդիները երկիրը մաքրելու համար եօթը ամիս զանոնք պիտի թաղեն։
Եւ թաղեսցեն զնոսա տունն Իսրայելի, զի սրբեսցի երկիրն, զեւթն ամիս:

39:12: Եւ թաղեսցեն զնոսա տուն Իսրայէլի, զի սրբեսցի երկիրն. զեւթն ամիս
12 Իսրայէլի տան զաւակներն են թաղելու նրանց, որպէսզի մաքրուի երկիրը:
12 Իսրայէլի որդիները երկիրը մաքրելու համար եօթը ամիս զանոնք պիտի թաղեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1239:12 И дом Израилев семь месяцев будет хоронить их, чтобы очистить землю.
39:12 καὶ και and; even κατορύξουσιν κατορυσσω he; him οἶκος οικος home; household Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἵνα ινα so; that καθαρισθῇ καθαριζω cleanse ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ἐν εν in ἑπταμήνῳ επταμηνος born in the seventh month
39:12 וּ û וְ and קְבָרוּם֙ qᵊvārûm קבר bury בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel לְמַ֖עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of טַהֵ֣ר ṭahˈēr טהר be clean אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth שִׁבְעָ֖ה šivʕˌā שֶׁבַע seven חֳדָשִֽׁים׃ ḥᵒḏāšˈîm חֹדֶשׁ month
39:12. et sepelient eos domus Israhel ut mundent terram septem mensibusAnd the house of Israel shall bury them for seven months to cleanse the land.
12. And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land.
39:12. And the house of Israel will bury them, so that they may cleanse the land, for seven months
39:12. And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land.
And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land:

39:12 И дом Израилев семь месяцев будет хоронить их, чтобы очистить землю.
39:12
καὶ και and; even
κατορύξουσιν κατορυσσω he; him
οἶκος οικος home; household
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἵνα ινα so; that
καθαρισθῇ καθαριζω cleanse
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ἐν εν in
ἑπταμήνῳ επταμηνος born in the seventh month
39:12
וּ û וְ and
קְבָרוּם֙ qᵊvārûm קבר bury
בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
לְמַ֖עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of
טַהֵ֣ר ṭahˈēr טהר be clean
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
שִׁבְעָ֖ה šivʕˌā שֶׁבַע seven
חֳדָשִֽׁים׃ ḥᵒḏāšˈîm חֹדֶשׁ month
39:12. et sepelient eos domus Israhel ut mundent terram septem mensibus
And the house of Israel shall bury them for seven months to cleanse the land.
39:12. And the house of Israel will bury them, so that they may cleanse the land, for seven months
39:12. And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
12. Труп оскверняет (XLIV:25), тем более труп нечистого язычника. Единственная цель этого погребения таким образом очищение земли. А последнее необходимо для возможности совершения на будущей св. земле богоугодного культа и сохранения за ней благословения Божия. Здесь опять выступает число "7": ст. 9, но уже месяцы, а не годы: 7: месяцев погребения указывает на достаточно ужасное количество трупов.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:12: And seven months - It shall require a long time to bury the dead. This is another figurative expression; which, however, may admit of a good deal of literal meaning. Many of the Syrian soldiers had secreted themselves in different places during the pursuit after the battle, where they died of their wounds, of hunger, and of fatigue; so that they were not all found and buried till seven months after the defeat of the Syrian army. This slow process of burying is distinctly related in the three following verses, and extended even to a bone, Eze 39:15; which, when it was found by a passenger, the place was marked, that the buriers might see and inter it. Seven months was little time enough for all this work; and in that country putrescency does not easily take place: the scorching winds serving to desiccate the flesh, and preserve it from decomposition.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:12: cleanse: Eze 39:14, Eze 39:16; Num 19:16; Deu 21:23
Geneva 1599
39:12 (h) And seven months shall the house of Israel be in burying them, that they may cleanse the land.
(h) Meaning a long time.
John Gill
39:12 And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them,.... So long time will the burial of Gog's army take up, because of the multitude of it, and by reason their bones will be scattered here and there; which will require time to gather them together, and bring them to one place: the reason of the burial of them will be, partly out of humanity, which the Christian religion, which will then be embraced by the Jews, teaches and encourages; and partly because of the disagreeable sight and ill smell of the carcasses of the slain, and to prevent the air being infected therewith, which might cause noxious diseases. Jarchi gives the reason of it, because Gog is of the seed of Japheth, who covered his father's nakedness, and therefore worthy of a funeral: but a better reason follows,
that they may cleanse the land: not from ceremonial uncleanness, a place being unclean, by the ceremonial law, where dead carcasses, or the bones of dead men, lay; for the ceremonial law, as it is abrogated, will now be disused by the Jews themselves, when converted; but from natural pollution, before mentioned.
39:1339:13: թաղեսցեն զնոսա ամենայն ժողովուրդք երկրին. եւ եղիցի նոցա անուանի օրն յորում փառաւորեցայց՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր։
13 Եօթը ամիս շարունակ թաղելու են նրանց երկրի բոլոր ժողովուրդները: Եւ նրանց համար նշանաւոր է լինելու այն օրը, երբ ես փառաւորուելու եմ, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած: -
13 Ու երկրին բոլոր ժողովուրդը զանոնք պիտի թաղեն։ Ասիկա անոնց անուն մը պիտի ըլլայ այն օրը՝ որպէս զի ես փառաւորուիմ, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
Եւ թաղեսցեն զնոսա ամենայն ժողովուրդք երկրին. եւ եղիցի նոցա անուանի օրն յորում փառաւորեցայց, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

39:13: թաղեսցեն զնոսա ամենայն ժողովուրդք երկրին. եւ եղիցի նոցա անուանի օրն յորում փառաւորեցայց՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր։
13 Եօթը ամիս շարունակ թաղելու են նրանց երկրի բոլոր ժողովուրդները: Եւ նրանց համար նշանաւոր է լինելու այն օրը, երբ ես փառաւորուելու եմ, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած: -
13 Ու երկրին բոլոր ժողովուրդը զանոնք պիտի թաղեն։ Ասիկա անոնց անուն մը պիտի ըլլայ այն օրը՝ որպէս զի ես փառաւորուիմ, կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1339:13 И весь народ земли будет хоронить {их}, и знаменит будет у них день, в который Я прославлю Себя, говорит Господь Бог.
39:13 καὶ και and; even κατορύξουσιν κατορυσσω he; him πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for ὀνομαστὸν ονομαστος who; what ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ἐδοξάσθην δοξαζω glorify λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and קָֽבְרוּ֙ qˈāvᵊrû קבר bury כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to לְ lᵊ לְ to שֵׁ֑ם šˈēm שֵׁם name יֹ֚ום ˈyôm יֹום day הִכָּ֣בְדִ֔י hikkˈāvᵊḏˈî כבד be heavy נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
39:13. sepeliet autem omnis populus terrae et erit eis nominata dies in qua glorificatus sum ait Dominus DeusAnd all the people of the land shall bury him, and it shall be unto them a noted day, wherein I was glorified, saith the Lord God.
13. Yea, all the people of the land shall bury them; and it shall be to them a renown, in the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord GOD.
39:13. Then all the people of the earth will bury them, and this shall be for them a renown day, on which I have been glorified, says the Lord God.
39:13. Yea, all the people of the land shall bury [them]; and it shall be to them a renown the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord GOD.
Yea, all the people of the land shall bury [them]; and it shall be to them a renown the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord GOD:

39:13 И весь народ земли будет хоронить {их}, и знаменит будет у них день, в который Я прославлю Себя, говорит Господь Бог.
39:13
καὶ και and; even
κατορύξουσιν κατορυσσω he; him
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
ὀνομαστὸν ονομαστος who; what
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ἐδοξάσθην δοξαζω glorify
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קָֽבְרוּ֙ qˈāvᵊrû קבר bury
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שֵׁ֑ם šˈēm שֵׁם name
יֹ֚ום ˈyôm יֹום day
הִכָּ֣בְדִ֔י hikkˈāvᵊḏˈî כבד be heavy
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
39:13. sepeliet autem omnis populus terrae et erit eis nominata dies in qua glorificatus sum ait Dominus Deus
And all the people of the land shall bury him, and it shall be unto them a noted day, wherein I was glorified, saith the Lord God.
39:13. Then all the people of the earth will bury them, and this shall be for them a renown day, on which I have been glorified, says the Lord God.
39:13. Yea, all the people of the land shall bury [them]; and it shall be to them a renown the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
13. Дело погребения трупов, точнее - их удаления с поверхности земли - предоставляется понятно не священникам, которых закон заботливо бережет от получаемого таким способом осквернения (XLIV:25), а “простонародью” (“народу земли” - см. объяснение VII:27; XII:19) теократического государства конца времен. Делом придется заняться всему этому классу. Так как этим народ совершает очищение св. земли (см. объяснение пред. ст.), то дело это составит средство прославления для совершителей его (“и будет знаменит у них день”, слав. “и будет им именито”); оно приобщит народ к славе победы над Гогом, которая будет делом собственно только одного Бога.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:13: a renown: Deu 26:19; Psa 149:6-9; Jer 33:9; Zep 3:19, Zep 3:20; Pe1 1:7
the day: Eze 39:21, Eze 39:22, Eze 28:22; Psa 126:2, Psa 126:3
John Gill
39:13 Yea, all the people of the land shall bury them,.... That is, a great number of the common people of the land of Israel, especially of those that dwell near the field of battle, shall be employed in burying the slain; and which they will be very ready to do, for the reasons above mentioned:
and it shall be to them a renown; or, "for a name" (g); they shall be commended for their humanity to their enemies, and shall be spoken of with honour, as being the peculiar people of God, whom he has so remarkably appeared for, protected, and defended:
the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord God; the day that will be renown to them will be to the glory of God; whose greatness, goodness, power, and wisdom, will be seen in saving his people, and destroying their enemies.
(g) "in nomen", Pagninus, Montanus, Piscator, Cocceius, Starckius.
John Wesley
39:13 Glorified - The day of my being glorified shall be a renown to Israel.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:13 I . . . glorified--in destroying the foe (Ezek 28:22).
39:1439:14: Եւ ա՛րս նմին իրի գումարեսցեն երթալ շրջել ընդ երկիրն, եւ թաղե՛լ զմնացորդս ՚ի վերայ երեսաց երկրին. եւ սրբել զնա յետ եւթն ամսոյ[12921]։ [12921] Օրինակ մի. Եւ արս սմին իրի գու՛՛։
14 Եւ նոյն գործով զբաղուող մարդիկ հաւաքուելու են, որ գնան շրջեն երկրով մէկ, թաղեն երկրի երեսին մնացածներին եւ եօթը ամիս յետոյ երկիրը մաքրեն:
14 Ու մարդիկ պիտի որոշեն՝ որ շարունակ երկրին մէջ պտըտին ու անցնողներուն հետ՝ երկրի երեսին վրայ մնացածները թաղեն, որպէս զի զանիկա մաքրեն. անոնք եօթը ամիս ետքը պիտի փնտռեն։
Եւ արս նմին իրի գումարեսցեն երթալ շրջել ընդ երկիրն, եւ [846]թաղել զմնացորդս ի վերայ երեսաց երկրին [847]եւ սրբել զնա յետ եւթն ամսոյ:

39:14: Եւ ա՛րս նմին իրի գումարեսցեն երթալ շրջել ընդ երկիրն, եւ թաղե՛լ զմնացորդս ՚ի վերայ երեսաց երկրին. եւ սրբել զնա յետ եւթն ամսոյ[12921]։
[12921] Օրինակ մի. Եւ արս սմին իրի գու՛՛։
14 Եւ նոյն գործով զբաղուող մարդիկ հաւաքուելու են, որ գնան շրջեն երկրով մէկ, թաղեն երկրի երեսին մնացածներին եւ եօթը ամիս յետոյ երկիրը մաքրեն:
14 Ու մարդիկ պիտի որոշեն՝ որ շարունակ երկրին մէջ պտըտին ու անցնողներուն հետ՝ երկրի երեսին վրայ մնացածները թաղեն, որպէս զի զանիկա մաքրեն. անոնք եօթը ամիս ետքը պիտի փնտռեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1439:14 И назначат людей, которые постоянно обходили бы землю и с помощью прохожих погребали бы оставшихся на поверхности земли, для очищения ее; по прошествии семи месяцев они начнут делать поиски;
39:14 καὶ και and; even ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband διὰ δια through; because of παντὸς πας all; every διαστελοῦσιν διαστελλω enjoin; distinctly command ἐπιπορευομένους επιπορευομαι travel on τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land θάψαι θαπτω bury; have a funeral for τοὺς ο the καταλελειμμένους καταλειπω leave behind; remain ἐπὶ επι in; on προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land καθαρίσαι καθαριζω cleanse αὐτὴν αυτος he; him μετὰ μετα with; amid τὴν ο the ἑπτάμηνον επταμηνος and; even ἐκζητήσουσιν εκζητεω seek out / thoroughly
39:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַנְשֵׁ֨י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man תָמִ֤יד ṯāmˈîḏ תָּמִיד continuity יַבְדִּ֨ילוּ֙ yavdˈîlû בדל separate עֹבְרִ֣ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מְקַבְּרִ֣ים mᵊqabbᵊrˈîm קבר bury אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עֹבְרִ֗ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the נֹּותָרִ֛ים nnôṯārˈîm יתר remain עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לְ lᵊ לְ to טַֽהֲרָ֑הּ ṭˈahᵃrˈāh טהר be clean מִ mi מִן from קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end שִׁבְעָֽה־ šivʕˈā- שֶׁבַע seven חֳדָשִׁ֖ים ḥᵒḏāšˌîm חֹדֶשׁ month יַחְקֹֽרוּ׃ yaḥqˈōrû חקר explore
39:14. et viros iugiter constituent lustrantes terram qui sepeliant et requirant eos qui remanserant super faciem terrae ut emundent eam post menses autem septem quaerere incipientAnd they shall appoint men to go continually about the land, to bury and to seek out them that were remaining upon the face of the earth, that they may cleanse it: and after seven months they shall begin to seek.
14. And they shall sever out men of continual employment, that shall pass through the land to bury them that pass through, that remain upon the face of the land, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search.
39:14. And they shall appoint men to continually examine the earth, so that they may seek out and bury those who have remained on the surface of the earth, so that they may cleanse it. Then, after seven months, they will begin to seek.
39:14. And they shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search.
And they shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search:

39:14 И назначат людей, которые постоянно обходили бы землю и с помощью прохожих погребали бы оставшихся на поверхности земли, для очищения ее; по прошествии семи месяцев они начнут делать поиски;
39:14
καὶ και and; even
ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband
διὰ δια through; because of
παντὸς πας all; every
διαστελοῦσιν διαστελλω enjoin; distinctly command
ἐπιπορευομένους επιπορευομαι travel on
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
θάψαι θαπτω bury; have a funeral for
τοὺς ο the
καταλελειμμένους καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ἐπὶ επι in; on
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
καθαρίσαι καθαριζω cleanse
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τὴν ο the
ἑπτάμηνον επταμηνος and; even
ἐκζητήσουσιν εκζητεω seek out / thoroughly
39:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַנְשֵׁ֨י ʔanšˌê אִישׁ man
תָמִ֤יד ṯāmˈîḏ תָּמִיד continuity
יַבְדִּ֨ילוּ֙ yavdˈîlû בדל separate
עֹבְרִ֣ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מְקַבְּרִ֣ים mᵊqabbᵊrˈîm קבר bury
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עֹבְרִ֗ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
נֹּותָרִ֛ים nnôṯārˈîm יתר remain
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לְ lᵊ לְ to
טַֽהֲרָ֑הּ ṭˈahᵃrˈāh טהר be clean
מִ mi מִן from
קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end
שִׁבְעָֽה־ šivʕˈā- שֶׁבַע seven
חֳדָשִׁ֖ים ḥᵒḏāšˌîm חֹדֶשׁ month
יַחְקֹֽרוּ׃ yaḥqˈōrû חקר explore
39:14. et viros iugiter constituent lustrantes terram qui sepeliant et requirant eos qui remanserant super faciem terrae ut emundent eam post menses autem septem quaerere incipient
And they shall appoint men to go continually about the land, to bury and to seek out them that were remaining upon the face of the earth, that they may cleanse it: and after seven months they shall begin to seek.
39:14. And they shall appoint men to continually examine the earth, so that they may seek out and bury those who have remained on the surface of the earth, so that they may cleanse it. Then, after seven months, they will begin to seek.
39:14. And they shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14. И “всему народу земли” и в 7: месяцев невозможно будет справиться со столь громадной работой (столько будет павших). Посему нужно назначить (букв. “отделить”) как бы особую “комиссию” (Креч.; аношей тамид, “людей постоянных”) для окончательного очищения земли от всех мертвых останков нечистых язычников. - “С помощью прохожих” - не тех, о которых упомянуто в 11: ст., а о которых будет речь в 15: ст. под именем “обходящих землю”, т. е. людей, специально назначенных для отыскивания трупов и костей; посему следовало бы перевести не “прохожих”, а “обходящих”, “ходоков”, “дозорных”. LXX совсем не читают.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:14: Men of continual employment - literally, as margin, i. e., men regularly appointed to this business. As the land of Israel represents figuratively the Church of Christ, the purification of that land is a proper part of the figure to indicate such a sanctification and cleansing of His Church, as Paul describes Eph 5:26-27.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:14: they shall: Num 19:11-19
continual employment: Heb. continuance
to cleanse: Eze 39:12
Geneva 1599
39:14 And they shall set apart men for [the] continual task of passing through the (i) land to bury with the travellers those that remain upon the face of the land, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search.
(i) Partly that the holy land should not be polluted and partly for the compassion that the children of God have even on their enemies.
John Gill
39:14 And they shall sever out men of continual employment,.... That is, the principal of the house of Israel, their magistrates and governors, shall select certain persons, to be daily employed in the following work, till ended:
passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it; these men will be appointed to go through the land of Israel, to gather up such carcasses and bones of dead men as remain anywhere after the seven months' burial before observed; and all passengers or travellers shall be assisting to them in it, both in directing where any such carcasses and bones may lie, and in bringing them to the common place of burial; that so the land may he thoroughly cleansed from such disagreeable objects:
after the end of seven months shall they search or begin to search, as the Targum; when seven months are ended, in which the people in general will be employed in burying the dead; these men before mentioned will be sent out into each part of the land, to search in caves, and dens and ditches; among thickets, thorns, and briers, where the slain may fall; or where soldiers, being wounded, might betake themselves and die; or their carcasses or bones be dragged and left by beasts and fowls; to find them out, and bring them to the place of interment.
John Wesley
39:14 They - The rulers of Israel. Sever - Chuse out men who shall make it their work. Passing - To go up and down over the whole land; for many of Gog's wounded, flying soldiers, died in thickets, and corners into which they crept. The passengers - Whose assistance they would desire of courtesy. Remain - Unburied by the public labour of the house of Israel during the seven months.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:14 with the passengers--The men employed continually in the burying were to be helped by those happening to pass by; all were to combine.
after the end of seven months shall they search--to see if the work was complete [MUNSTER].
39:1539:15: Եւ խնդրեսցէ ամենայն որ անցանիցէ ընդ երկիրն. եւ յորժամ տեսանիցէ ոսկր մարդոյ՝ շինեսցէ առ նովաւ նշանակ ինչ, մինչեւ թաղեսցեն զայն որք թաղենն ՚ի Գեհ ՚ի գերեզմանին Գովգայ[12922]. [12922] Ոսկան. Որք թաղենն ՚ի գեհի Գօգայ։
15 Ամէն ոք, ով անցնի երկրով, երբ մարդու ոսկոր տեսնի, նրա մօտ մի նշան է անելու, մինչեւ որ նրանք, ովքեր թաղում են, թաղեն այն ‘ Գոգի հօտի գերեզմանի” մէջ:
15 Ու երկրին մէջէն անցնողները անցած ատեննին երբ մարդու ոսկոր տեսնեն, քովը նշան մը պիտի դնեն, որպէս զի թաղողները զանիկա Գոգի Բազմութեան Ձորը թաղեն։
Եւ խնդրեսցէ ամենայն որ`` անցանիցէ ընդ երկիրն, եւ յորժամ տեսանիցէ ոսկր մարդոյ` շինեսցէ առ նովաւ նշանակ ինչ, մինչեւ թաղեսցեն զայն որք թաղենն [848]ի Գեհ ի գերեզմանին`` Գովգայ:

39:15: Եւ խնդրեսցէ ամենայն որ անցանիցէ ընդ երկիրն. եւ յորժամ տեսանիցէ ոսկր մարդոյ՝ շինեսցէ առ նովաւ նշանակ ինչ, մինչեւ թաղեսցեն զայն որք թաղենն ՚ի Գեհ ՚ի գերեզմանին Գովգայ[12922].
[12922] Ոսկան. Որք թաղենն ՚ի գեհի Գօգայ։
15 Ամէն ոք, ով անցնի երկրով, երբ մարդու ոսկոր տեսնի, նրա մօտ մի նշան է անելու, մինչեւ որ նրանք, ովքեր թաղում են, թաղեն այն ‘ Գոգի հօտի գերեզմանի” մէջ:
15 Ու երկրին մէջէն անցնողները անցած ատեննին երբ մարդու ոսկոր տեսնեն, քովը նշան մը պիտի դնեն, որպէս զի թաղողները զանիկա Գոգի Բազմութեան Ձորը թաղեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1539:15 и когда кто из обходящих землю увидит кость человеческую, то поставит возле нее знак, доколе погребатели не похоронят ее в долине полчища Гогова.
39:15 καὶ και and; even πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the διαπορευόμενος διαπορευομαι travel through τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even ἰδὼν οραω view; see ὀστοῦν οστεον bone ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human οἰκοδομήσει οικοδομεω build παρ᾿ παρα from; by αὐτὸ αυτος he; him σημεῖον σημειον sign ἕως εως till; until ὅτου οστις who; that θάψωσιν θαπτω bury; have a funeral for αὐτὸ αυτος he; him οἱ ο the θάπτοντες θαπτω bury; have a funeral for εἰς εις into; for τὸ ο the γαι γαι.1 the πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον the Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
39:15 וְ wᵊ וְ and עָבְר֤וּ ʕāvᵊrˈû עבר pass הָ hā הַ the עֹֽבְרִים֙ ʕˈōvᵊrîm עבר pass בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and רָאָה֙ rāʔˌā ראה see עֶ֣צֶם ʕˈeṣem עֶצֶם bone אָדָ֔ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind וּ û וְ and בָנָ֥ה vānˌā בנה build אֶצְלֹ֖ו ʔeṣlˌô אֵצֶל side צִיּ֑וּן ṣiyyˈûn צִיּוּן signpost עַ֣ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto קָבְר֤וּ qāvᵊrˈû קבר bury אֹתֹו֙ ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker] הַֽ hˈa הַ the מְקַבְּרִ֔ים mᵊqabbᵊrˈîm קבר bury אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to גֵּ֖יא gˌê גַּיְא valley הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion גֹּֽוג׃ gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog
39:15. et circumibunt peragrantes terram cumque viderint os hominis statuent iuxta illud titulum donec sepeliant illud pollinctores in valle Multitudinis GogAnd they shall go about passing through the land: and when they shall see the bone of a man, they shall set up sign by it, till the buriers bury it in the valley, of the multitude of Gog.
15. And they that pass through the land shall pass through; and when any seeth a man’s bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamon-gog.
39:15. And they will go around, traveling the earth. And when they will have seen the bone of a man, they will station a marker beside it, until the undertakers may bury it in the valley of the multitude of Gog.
39:15. And the passengers [that] pass through the land, when [any] seeth a man’s bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamongog.
And the passengers [that] pass through the land, when [any] seeth a man' s bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamon- gog:

39:15 и когда кто из обходящих землю увидит кость человеческую, то поставит возле нее знак, доколе погребатели не похоронят ее в долине полчища Гогова.
39:15
καὶ και and; even
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
διαπορευόμενος διαπορευομαι travel through
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
ἰδὼν οραω view; see
ὀστοῦν οστεον bone
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
οἰκοδομήσει οικοδομεω build
παρ᾿ παρα from; by
αὐτὸ αυτος he; him
σημεῖον σημειον sign
ἕως εως till; until
ὅτου οστις who; that
θάψωσιν θαπτω bury; have a funeral for
αὐτὸ αυτος he; him
οἱ ο the
θάπτοντες θαπτω bury; have a funeral for
εἰς εις into; for
τὸ ο the
γαι γαι.1 the
πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον the
Γωγ γωγ Gōg; Gog
39:15
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָבְר֤וּ ʕāvᵊrˈû עבר pass
הָ הַ the
עֹֽבְרִים֙ ʕˈōvᵊrîm עבר pass
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רָאָה֙ rāʔˌā ראה see
עֶ֣צֶם ʕˈeṣem עֶצֶם bone
אָדָ֔ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind
וּ û וְ and
בָנָ֥ה vānˌā בנה build
אֶצְלֹ֖ו ʔeṣlˌô אֵצֶל side
צִיּ֑וּן ṣiyyˈûn צִיּוּן signpost
עַ֣ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
קָבְר֤וּ qāvᵊrˈû קבר bury
אֹתֹו֙ ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker]
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מְקַבְּרִ֔ים mᵊqabbᵊrˈîm קבר bury
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
גֵּ֖יא gˌê גַּיְא valley
הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion
גֹּֽוג׃ gˈôḡ גֹּוג Gog
39:15. et circumibunt peragrantes terram cumque viderint os hominis statuent iuxta illud titulum donec sepeliant illud pollinctores in valle Multitudinis Gog
And they shall go about passing through the land: and when they shall see the bone of a man, they shall set up sign by it, till the buriers bury it in the valley, of the multitude of Gog.
39:15. And they will go around, traveling the earth. And when they will have seen the bone of a man, they will station a marker beside it, until the undertakers may bury it in the valley of the multitude of Gog.
39:15. And the passengers [that] pass through the land, when [any] seeth a man’s bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamongog.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
15. И после 7: месяцев - дела, если не с трупами врагов, то уже с высохшими скелетами (“костями”) их будет столько, что придется работу поделить между людьми, которые бы только отыскивали кости, и такими, которые бы погребали, закапывали их. Это потому что нужно удалить все нечистые останки с земли, стараясь, как бы где-нибудь укрывшаяся кость не осквернила св. землю, как квасное на Пасхе дом. “Знак” - перев. по LXX (“знмение”) и Вульг. (titulus) позднейшего евр. цийун, еще в 4: Цар XXIII:17; Иер XXXI:21. “Ныне в пустынях Сирии и Аравии, где песок заносит дорожные тропинки, насыпают небольшие путеуказательные кучки камней”, вероятно в древней Палестине особыми конструкциями камней “отмечались подозрительные места, требовавшие внимания и осторожности” (Олесницкий А. А. указ. соч. 109); - в данном случае указательный камень мог предупреждать на счет возможного осквернения. - “В долине полчища Гогова” - см. объяснение ст. 11.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:15: set: Heb. build, Luk 11:44
in the: Eze 39:11
John Gill
39:15 And the passengers that pass through the land,.... Not along with the searchers, but that travel through it upon business in it, or in other lands:
when any seeth a man's bone, then shall he set up a sign by it; as he passes along, if he happens to see a human bone in the way, or hard by, he shall stop and lay a stone, or a heap of stones, by it, or some such mark or token, signifying that a man's bone lies there:
till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamon-gog, that is, which sign shall continue till searchers come that way and take up the bone, and carry it to be buried in the valley of Hamon-gog; for carcasses and bones were not to be buried in the place where they were found, but to be brought and interred in this common place of sepulture.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:15 First "all the people of the land" engaged in the burying for seven months; then special men were employed, at the end of the seven months, to search for any still left unburied. The passers-by helped them by setting up a mark near any such bones, in order to keep others from being defiled by casually touching them, and that the buriers might come and remove them. Denoting the minute care to put away every relic of heathen pollution from the Holy Land.
39:1639:16: զի եւ անուն քաղաքին Գերեզման կոչեսցի. եւ սրբեսցի երկիրն։
16 Քաղաքի անունն էլ Գերեզման է կոչուելու. ու երկիրը մաքրուելու է:
16 Ու քաղաքին անունն ալ Համոնա* պիտի ըլլայ։ Այսպէս երկիրը պիտի մաքրեն։
Զի եւ անուն քաղաքին [849]Գերեզման կոչեսցի, եւ սրբեսցի երկիրն:

39:16: զի եւ անուն քաղաքին Գերեզման կոչեսցի. եւ սրբեսցի երկիրն։
16 Քաղաքի անունն էլ Գերեզման է կոչուելու. ու երկիրը մաքրուելու է:
16 Ու քաղաքին անունն ալ Համոնա* պիտի ըլլայ։ Այսպէս երկիրը պիտի մաքրեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1639:16 И будет имя городу: Гамона [полчище]. И так очистят они землю.
39:16 καὶ και and; even γὰρ γαρ for τὸ ο the ὄνομα ονομα name; notable τῆς ο the πόλεως πολις city Πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον and; even καθαρισθήσεται καθαριζω cleanse ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land
39:16 וְ wᵊ וְ and גַ֥ם ḡˌam גַּם even שֶׁם־ šem- שֵׁם name עִ֛יר ʕˈîr עִיר town הֲמֹונָ֖ה hᵃmônˌā הֲמֹונָה Hamonah וְ wᵊ וְ and טִהֲר֥וּ ṭihᵃrˌû טהר be clean הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ס ʔˈāreṣ . s אֶרֶץ earth
39:16. nomen autem civitatis Amona et mundabunt terramAnd the name of the city shall be Amona, and they shall cleanse the land.
16. And Hamonah shall also be the name of a city. Thus shall they cleanse the land.
39:16. And the name of the city will be: the Multitude. And they shall cleanse the earth.
39:16. And also the name of the city [shall be] Hamonah. Thus shall they cleanse the land.
And also the name of the city [shall be] Hamonah. Thus shall they cleanse the land:

39:16 И будет имя городу: Гамона [полчище]. И так очистят они землю.
39:16
καὶ και and; even
γὰρ γαρ for
τὸ ο the
ὄνομα ονομα name; notable
τῆς ο the
πόλεως πολις city
Πολυάνδριον πολυανδριον and; even
καθαρισθήσεται καθαριζω cleanse
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
39:16
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַ֥ם ḡˌam גַּם even
שֶׁם־ šem- שֵׁם name
עִ֛יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
הֲמֹונָ֖ה hᵃmônˌā הֲמֹונָה Hamonah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
טִהֲר֥וּ ṭihᵃrˌû טהר be clean
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ס ʔˈāreṣ . s אֶרֶץ earth
39:16. nomen autem civitatis Amona et mundabunt terram
And the name of the city shall be Amona, and they shall cleanse the land.
39:16. And the name of the city will be: the Multitude. And they shall cleanse the earth.
39:16. And also the name of the city [shall be] Hamonah. Thus shall they cleanse the land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
16. По месту погребения войска Гогова город на этом месте или скорее соседний с ним будет назван (ср. Ис XIX:18) “Гомона” от евр. гамон, полчище (“легион” см. объяснение ст. 11) с присоединением женского окончания. Может быть, под влиянием этого места Иезекииля Вефсан (к западу, впрочем, от Иордана, а не к востоку, как нужно здесь на осн. ст. 11) назван Скифополем в память нападения скифов в VII в. до Р. Х. LXX: “падение многопогребательное” (свободн. перев.). Благодаря соединению всех нечистых останков в одном Гамоне, вся св. земля будущего станет чистою.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:16: Hamonah: that is, The multitude
cleanse: Eze 39:12
John Gill
39:16 And also the name of the city shall be Hamonah,.... The name of the city nearest to this place, where Gog and his multitude shall be buried, shall be called Hamonah from thence, which signifies a multitude; or Polyandrion, as the Septuagint version, a place where many graves are; or perhaps a new city will be built near this place, and so called, to perpetuate the memory of it; or else, as Kimchi observes, Jerusalem will be so called, from the multitude of those that will be slain near it; but, however, neither that nor any other city in the land of Israel have ever bore any such name; from whence it may be concluded that this prophecy does not refer to the times of Antiochus, or any yet past, but to time to come:
thus shall they cleanse the land; thoroughly and completely, so that not a bone shall be left unburied.
John Wesley
39:16 The city - That is, the multitude: the city which is next to this common tomb of Gog.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:16 A city in the neighborhood was to receive the name Hamonah, "multitude," to commemorate the overthrow of the multitudes of the foe [HENDERSON]. The multitude of the slain shall give a name to the city of Jerusalem after the land shall have been cleansed [GROTIUS]. Jerusalem shall be famed as the conqueror of multitudes.
39:1739:17: Եւ դու որդի մարդոյ՝ ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ասա՛ դու ցամենայն հաւս թռչունս, եւ ցամենայն գազանս դաշտի. Ժողովեցարո՛ւք եւ եկա՛յք, ժողովեցարո՛ւք յամենայն կողմանց երկրի ՚ի զենումն իմ զոր ես զենի ձեզ՝ զենումն մեծ ՚ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայէլի. կերէ՛ք միս եւ արբէ՛ք արիւն[12923]. [12923] Բազումք. Ասա ցամենայն հաւս... կերայք միս եւ արբէ՛ք։
17 Դո՛ւ էլ, մարդո՛ւ որդի, այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Ասա՛ բոլոր գիշատիչ թռչուններին, դաշտի բոլոր գազաններին. ‘ Հաւաքուեցէ՛ք ու եկէ՛ք, հաւաքուեցէ՛ք երկրի բոլո՛ր կողմերից իմ ողջակէզի համար, որ ես եմ զոհել, մեծ ողջակէզի, որ կատարում եմ Իսրայէլի լեռների վրայ, մի՛ս կերէք ու արի՛ւն խմեցէք:
17 «Դո՛ւն, որդի՛ մարդոյ, Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. «Ամէն տեսակ թեւաւոր թռչունի ու դաշտի բոլոր գազաններուն ըսէ՛. ‘Հաւաքուեցէ՛ք ու եկէ՛ք. ձեզի համար կատարած զոհիս, Իսրայէլի լեռներուն վրայ կատարուելու մեծ զոհին։ Ամէն կողմէ մօտեցէ՛ք, որպէս զի միս ուտէք ու արիւն խմէք։
Եւ դու, որդի մարդոյ, այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ասա ցամենայն հաւս թռչունս եւ ցամենայն գազանս դաշտի. Ժողովեցարուք եւ եկայք, ժողովեցարուք յամենայն կողմանց երկրի ի զենումն իմ զոր ես զենի ձեզ` զենումն մեծ ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայելի, կերայք միս եւ արբէք արիւն:

39:17: Եւ դու որդի մարդոյ՝ ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ասա՛ դու ցամենայն հաւս թռչունս, եւ ցամենայն գազանս դաշտի. Ժողովեցարո՛ւք եւ եկա՛յք, ժողովեցարո՛ւք յամենայն կողմանց երկրի ՚ի զենումն իմ զոր ես զենի ձեզ՝ զենումն մեծ ՚ի վերայ լերանցն Իսրայէլի. կերէ՛ք միս եւ արբէ՛ք արիւն[12923].
[12923] Բազումք. Ասա ցամենայն հաւս... կերայք միս եւ արբէ՛ք։
17 Դո՛ւ էլ, մարդո՛ւ որդի, այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Ասա՛ բոլոր գիշատիչ թռչուններին, դաշտի բոլոր գազաններին. ‘ Հաւաքուեցէ՛ք ու եկէ՛ք, հաւաքուեցէ՛ք երկրի բոլո՛ր կողմերից իմ ողջակէզի համար, որ ես եմ զոհել, մեծ ողջակէզի, որ կատարում եմ Իսրայէլի լեռների վրայ, մի՛ս կերէք ու արի՛ւն խմեցէք:
17 «Դո՛ւն, որդի՛ մարդոյ, Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. «Ամէն տեսակ թեւաւոր թռչունի ու դաշտի բոլոր գազաններուն ըսէ՛. ‘Հաւաքուեցէ՛ք ու եկէ՛ք. ձեզի համար կատարած զոհիս, Իսրայէլի լեռներուն վրայ կատարուելու մեծ զոհին։ Ամէն կողմէ մօտեցէ՛ք, որպէս զի միս ուտէք ու արիւն խմէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1739:17 Ты же, сын человеческий, так говорит Господь Бог, скажи всякого рода птицам и всем зверям полевым: собирайтесь и идите, со всех сторон сходитесь к жертве Моей, которую Я заколю для вас, к великой жертве на горах Израилевых; и будете есть мясо и пить кровь.
39:17 καὶ και and; even σύ συ you υἱὲ υιος son ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human εἰπόν επω say; speak τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master εἰπὸν επω say; speak παντὶ πας all; every ὀρνέῳ ορνεον fowl πετεινῷ πετεινος bird καὶ και and; even πρὸς προς to; toward πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the θηρία θηριον beast τοῦ ο the πεδίου πεδιον gather καὶ και and; even ἔρχεσθε ερχομαι come; go συνάχθητε συναγω gather ἀπὸ απο from; away πάντων πας all; every τῶν ο the περικύκλῳ περικυκλω in; on τὴν ο the θυσίαν θυσια immolation; sacrifice μου μου of me; mine ἣν ος who; what τέθυκα θυω immolate; sacrifice ὑμῖν υμιν you θυσίαν θυσια immolation; sacrifice μεγάλην μεγας great; loud ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the ὄρη ορος mountain; mount Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume κρέα κρεας meat καὶ και and; even πίεσθε πινω drink αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
39:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתָּ֨ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son אָדָ֜ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind כֹּֽה־ kˈō- כֹּה thus אָמַ֣ר׀ ʔāmˈar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהֹוִ֗ה [yᵊhôˈih] יְהוָה YHWH אֱמֹר֩ ʔᵉmˌōr אמר say לְ lᵊ לְ to צִפֹּ֨ור ṣippˌôr צִפֹּור bird כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole כָּנָ֜ף kānˈāf כָּנָף wing וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to כֹ֣ל׀ ḵˈōl כֹּל whole חַיַּ֣ת ḥayyˈaṯ חַיָּה wild animal הַ ha הַ the שָּׂדֶ֗ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field הִקָּבְצ֤וּ hiqqāvᵊṣˈû קבץ collect וָ wā וְ and בֹ֨אוּ֙ vˈōʔû בוא come הֵאָסְפ֣וּ hēʔāsᵊfˈû אסף gather מִ mi מִן from סָּבִ֔יב ssāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon זִבְחִ֗י zivḥˈî זֶבַח sacrifice אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֲנִ֜י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i זֹבֵ֤חַ zōvˈēₐḥ זבח slaughter לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to זֶ֣בַח zˈevaḥ זֶבַח sacrifice גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon הָרֵ֣י hārˈê הַר mountain יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַ wa וְ and אֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם ʔᵃḵaltˌem אכל eat בָּשָׂ֖ר bāśˌār בָּשָׂר flesh וּ û וְ and שְׁתִ֥יתֶם šᵊṯˌîṯem שׁתה drink דָּֽם׃ dˈām דָּם blood
39:17. tu ergo fili hominis haec dicit Dominus Deus dic omni volucri et universis avibus cunctisque bestiis agri convenite properate concurrite undique ad victimam meam quam ego immolo vobis victimam grandem super montes Israhel ut comedatis carnes et bibatis sanguinemAnd thou, O son of man, saith the Lord God, say to every fowl, and to all the birds, and to all the beasts of the field: Assemble yourselves, make haste, come together from every side to my victim, which I slay for you, a great victim upon the mountains of Israel: to eat flesh, and drink blood.
17. And thou, son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD: Speak unto the birds of every sort, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh and drink blood.
39:17. As for you, then, son of man, thus says the Lord God: Say to every flying thing, and to all the birds, and to all the beasts of the field: Assemble! Hurry! Rush together from every side to my victim, which I have immolated for you, a great victim upon the mountains of Israel, so that you may consume flesh, and drink blood!
39:17. And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, [even] a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood.
And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, [even] a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood:

39:17 Ты же, сын человеческий, так говорит Господь Бог, скажи всякого рода птицам и всем зверям полевым: собирайтесь и идите, со всех сторон сходитесь к жертве Моей, которую Я заколю для вас, к великой жертве на горах Израилевых; и будете есть мясо и пить кровь.
39:17
καὶ και and; even
σύ συ you
υἱὲ υιος son
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
εἰπόν επω say; speak
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
εἰπὸν επω say; speak
παντὶ πας all; every
ὀρνέῳ ορνεον fowl
πετεινῷ πετεινος bird
καὶ και and; even
πρὸς προς to; toward
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
θηρία θηριον beast
τοῦ ο the
πεδίου πεδιον gather
καὶ και and; even
ἔρχεσθε ερχομαι come; go
συνάχθητε συναγω gather
ἀπὸ απο from; away
πάντων πας all; every
τῶν ο the
περικύκλῳ περικυκλω in; on
τὴν ο the
θυσίαν θυσια immolation; sacrifice
μου μου of me; mine
ἣν ος who; what
τέθυκα θυω immolate; sacrifice
ὑμῖν υμιν you
θυσίαν θυσια immolation; sacrifice
μεγάλην μεγας great; loud
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
ὄρη ορος mountain; mount
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume
κρέα κρεας meat
καὶ και and; even
πίεσθε πινω drink
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
39:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתָּ֨ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
בֶן־ ven- בֵּן son
אָדָ֜ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind
כֹּֽה־ kˈō- כֹּה thus
אָמַ֣ר׀ ʔāmˈar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהֹוִ֗ה [yᵊhôˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱמֹר֩ ʔᵉmˌōr אמר say
לְ lᵊ לְ to
צִפֹּ֨ור ṣippˌôr צִפֹּור bird
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
כָּנָ֜ף kānˈāf כָּנָף wing
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כֹ֣ל׀ ḵˈōl כֹּל whole
חַיַּ֣ת ḥayyˈaṯ חַיָּה wild animal
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׂדֶ֗ה śśāḏˈeh שָׂדֶה open field
הִקָּבְצ֤וּ hiqqāvᵊṣˈû קבץ collect
וָ וְ and
בֹ֨אוּ֙ vˈōʔû בוא come
הֵאָסְפ֣וּ hēʔāsᵊfˈû אסף gather
מִ mi מִן from
סָּבִ֔יב ssāvˈîv סָבִיב surrounding
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
זִבְחִ֗י zivḥˈî זֶבַח sacrifice
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֲנִ֜י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
זֹבֵ֤חַ zōvˈēₐḥ זבח slaughter
לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to
זֶ֣בַח zˈevaḥ זֶבַח sacrifice
גָּדֹ֔ול gāḏˈôl גָּדֹול great
עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon
הָרֵ֣י hārˈê הַר mountain
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַ wa וְ and
אֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם ʔᵃḵaltˌem אכל eat
בָּשָׂ֖ר bāśˌār בָּשָׂר flesh
וּ û וְ and
שְׁתִ֥יתֶם šᵊṯˌîṯem שׁתה drink
דָּֽם׃ dˈām דָּם blood
39:17. tu ergo fili hominis haec dicit Dominus Deus dic omni volucri et universis avibus cunctisque bestiis agri convenite properate concurrite undique ad victimam meam quam ego immolo vobis victimam grandem super montes Israhel ut comedatis carnes et bibatis sanguinem
And thou, O son of man, saith the Lord God, say to every fowl, and to all the birds, and to all the beasts of the field: Assemble yourselves, make haste, come together from every side to my victim, which I slay for you, a great victim upon the mountains of Israel: to eat flesh, and drink blood.
39:17. As for you, then, son of man, thus says the Lord God: Say to every flying thing, and to all the birds, and to all the beasts of the field: Assemble! Hurry! Rush together from every side to my victim, which I have immolated for you, a great victim upon the mountains of Israel, so that you may consume flesh, and drink blood!
39:17. And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, [even] a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
17. Величина катастрофы изображается уже под другим образом - в картине пожирания трупов хищными птицами и зверями. Такое пожирание, конечно, может иметь место до описанного ранее погребения и удаления с св. земли, которое потребует столько времени. Это поедание трупов животными представляется под видом жертвенного пира (“жертвы Моей”), потому что первоначально в древнее время каждая жертва сопровождалась пиром из ее остатков (1: Цар IX:13; 2: Цар VI:19; XV:11; Неем VIII:10), чем выражалось теснейшее единение между приносившим жертву и Божеством. На этот пир сам Иегова в качестве гостей своих (содейственников в деле истребления врагов) созывает птиц и зверей, теперь уже созывает их через пророка: так несомненно это еще вероятно далекое событие. Жертва с ее пиром будет происходить в гористой земле Израилевой, “на горах Израилевых”, как и в древности жертвы преимущественно приносились на горах (“высотах”). Может быть, воспоминанием о древних жертвенных обычаях является и приглашение “пить кровь” жертвы (не только есть ее мясо), как и Божество представлялось вкушающим кровь жертвы через обязательное пролитие ее на землю или камень. Образ жертвенного пира с таким значением любим и часть в Ветхом Завете: Иез XXI:15; XXIX:5; Ис XXXIV:6; Соф I:7; Иер XII:9; XLVI:10; LI:40; Ср. Мк IX:44; Откр XIX:17: и д. и др.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:17: Gather yourselves - to my sacrifice - This is an allusion to a custom common in the east: when a sacrifice is made, the friends and neighbors of the party sacrificing are invited to come and feast on the sacrifice.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:17: The purposes of the past dispensation shall be made clear to God's people themselves and to the pagan. His judgments were the consequence of their sins; and these sins once abandoned, the favor of their God will return in yet more abundance.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:17: Speak: Gen 31:54; Sa1 9:13, Sa1 16:3; Isa 56:9; Jer 12:9; Zep 1:7; Rev 19:17, Rev 19:18
every feathered fowl: Heb. the fowl of every wing
to my: Eze 39:4; Sa1 17:46; Isa 18:6, Isa 34:6; Jer 46:10; Zep 1:7
sacrifice: or, slaughter
Geneva 1599
39:17 And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; Speak to every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; (k) gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, [even] a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood.
(k) By which he signifies the horrible destruction that would come on the enemies of his Church.
John Gill
39:17 And thou, son of man, thus saith the Lord God,.... What the prophet is ordered by the Lord to say is to creatures not then in being, nor yet; and, were they, they could not understand his words; but however, when the time comes, partly by an instinct in nature, and partly by a particular direction of Providence, they will be gathered together upon so great a slaughter of men; for what follows, though mentioned in this place, will be between the slaughter of Gog's army, and the burial of it, as Kimchi well observes; after the burial such an invitation would be impertinent; and which is made not for the sake of creatures, but of men, to denote the certainty of this great carnage that shall be made:
speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field; this must be understood of such fowls, and such beasts, as devour dead carcasses, for all will not feed on them; a like invitation is given after the battle at Armageddon, the same with this here, Rev_ 19:17 only with this difference, there an angel is said to cry, here the prophet; there to the fowls only, here to the beasts of the field also; no doubt respect there is had to this passage:
assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifices that I do sacrifice for you; such a slaughter of men is called a sacrifice, because there is a likeness between that and the killing of beasts for sacrifice; besides, these enemies of God and his people will fall a victim to his justice, as well as be a repast for fowls and beasts, who are invited, as to a feast, to feed upon them; and there being so much of the power and providence of God in all this, it is ascribed to him, and is called "the supper of the great God", Rev_ 19:17,
even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel; where Gog's army will fall, Ezek 39:4, and in such vast numbers, that it may well be called a great sacrifice; the sacrifice of a great army by the great God, and for such great number of creatures:
that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood; the flesh and blood of the sacrifices, even of slain men, which carnivorous creatures delight in. The Targum is,
"draw near everywhere round about to the slain, which I slay for you with a great slaughter upon the mountains of Israel, and ye shall eat the flesh, and drink the blood.''
John Wesley
39:17 I do sacrifice - The punishment of these God calls a sacrifice, which he offers to his own justice. Upon the mountains - Where more thousands are offered at once, than ever were at any time offered; 'tis a sacrifice so great, that none ever was, or will be like it.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:17 (Rev_ 19:17).
sacrifice--Anciently worshippers feasted on the sacrifices. The birds and beasts of prey are invited to the sacrificial feast provided by God (compare Is 18:6; Is 34:6; Zeph 1:7; Mk 9:49). Here this sacrifice holds only a subordinate place in the picture, and so is put last. Not only shall their bones lie long unburied, but they shall be stripped of the flesh by beasts and birds of prey.
39:1839:18: կերէք զմիս սկայից, եւ արբէ՛ք զարիւն իշխանաց երկրին, զխոյս՝ եւ զզուարակս՝ զնոխազս. զի զուարակք պարարեալք են ամենեքեան[12924]. [12924] Բազումք. Կերայք զմիս հսկայից... եւ զնոխազս։
18 Կերէ՛ք միսը հսկաների, խմեցէ՛ք արիւնը երկրի իշխանների, կերէ՛ք խոյերը, եզներն ու նոխազները, որովհետեւ բոլոր եզներն էլ պարարտ են:
18 Զօրաւորներուն միսը ուտէք ու երկրի իշխաններուն արիւնը խմէք՝ խոյերու, գառներու, նոխազներու եւ զուարակներու, որոնք Բասանի գէր անասուններ են։
կերայք զմիս հսկայից, եւ արբէք զարիւն իշխանաց երկրին, զխոյս եւ [850]զզուարակս եւ զնոխազս. զի զուարակք պարարեալք են`` ամենեքեան:

39:18: կերէք զմիս սկայից, եւ արբէ՛ք զարիւն իշխանաց երկրին, զխոյս՝ եւ զզուարակս՝ զնոխազս. զի զուարակք պարարեալք են ամենեքեան[12924].
[12924] Բազումք. Կերայք զմիս հսկայից... եւ զնոխազս։
18 Կերէ՛ք միսը հսկաների, խմեցէ՛ք արիւնը երկրի իշխանների, կերէ՛ք խոյերը, եզներն ու նոխազները, որովհետեւ բոլոր եզներն էլ պարարտ են:
18 Զօրաւորներուն միսը ուտէք ու երկրի իշխաններուն արիւնը խմէք՝ խոյերու, գառներու, նոխազներու եւ զուարակներու, որոնք Բասանի գէր անասուններ են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1839:18 Мясо мужей сильных будете есть, и будете пить кровь князей земли, баранов, ягнят, козлов и тельцов, всех откормленных на Васане;
39:18 κρέα κρεας meat γιγάντων γιγας eat; consume καὶ και and; even αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams ἀρχόντων αρχων ruling; ruler τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land πίεσθε πινω drink κριοὺς κριος and; even μόσχους μοσχος calf καὶ και and; even τράγους τραγος goat; he-goat καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the μόσχοι μοσχος calf ἐστεατωμένοι στεατοομαι all; every
39:18 בְּשַׂ֤ר bᵊśˈar בָּשָׂר flesh גִּבֹּורִים֙ gibbôrîm גִּבֹּור vigorous תֹּאכֵ֔לוּ tōḵˈēlû אכל eat וְ wᵊ וְ and דַם־ ḏam- דָּם blood נְשִׂיאֵ֥י nᵊśîʔˌê נָשִׂיא chief הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth תִּשְׁתּ֑וּ tištˈû שׁתה drink אֵילִ֨ים ʔêlˌîm אַיִל ram, despot כָּרִ֤ים kārˈîm כַּר ram וְ wᵊ וְ and עַתּוּדִים֙ ʕattûḏîm עַתּוּד ram פָּרִ֔ים pārˈîm פַּר young bull מְרִיאֵ֥י mᵊrîʔˌê מְרִיא fatling בָשָׁ֖ן vāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan כֻּלָּֽם׃ kullˈām כֹּל whole
39:18. carnes fortium comedetis et sanguinem principum terrae bibetis arietum agnorum et hircorum taurorumque altilium et pinguium omniumYou shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and you shall drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, and of lambs, and of he goats, and bullocks, and of all that are well fed and fat.
18. Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan.
39:18. You shall eat the flesh of the powerful, and you shall drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams and lambs and he-goats and bulls, and of fattened birds and all that is fat.
39:18. Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan.
Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan:

39:18 Мясо мужей сильных будете есть, и будете пить кровь князей земли, баранов, ягнят, козлов и тельцов, всех откормленных на Васане;
39:18
κρέα κρεας meat
γιγάντων γιγας eat; consume
καὶ και and; even
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
ἀρχόντων αρχων ruling; ruler
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
πίεσθε πινω drink
κριοὺς κριος and; even
μόσχους μοσχος calf
καὶ και and; even
τράγους τραγος goat; he-goat
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
μόσχοι μοσχος calf
ἐστεατωμένοι στεατοομαι all; every
39:18
בְּשַׂ֤ר bᵊśˈar בָּשָׂר flesh
גִּבֹּורִים֙ gibbôrîm גִּבֹּור vigorous
תֹּאכֵ֔לוּ tōḵˈēlû אכל eat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
דַם־ ḏam- דָּם blood
נְשִׂיאֵ֥י nᵊśîʔˌê נָשִׂיא chief
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
תִּשְׁתּ֑וּ tištˈû שׁתה drink
אֵילִ֨ים ʔêlˌîm אַיִל ram, despot
כָּרִ֤ים kārˈîm כַּר ram
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַתּוּדִים֙ ʕattûḏîm עַתּוּד ram
פָּרִ֔ים pārˈîm פַּר young bull
מְרִיאֵ֥י mᵊrîʔˌê מְרִיא fatling
בָשָׁ֖ן vāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
כֻּלָּֽם׃ kullˈām כֹּל whole
39:18. carnes fortium comedetis et sanguinem principum terrae bibetis arietum agnorum et hircorum taurorumque altilium et pinguium omnium
You shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and you shall drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, and of lambs, and of he goats, and bullocks, and of all that are well fed and fat.
39:18. You shall eat the flesh of the powerful, and you shall drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams and lambs and he-goats and bulls, and of fattened birds and all that is fat.
39:18. Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
18. Кровавый пир представляется тем почетнее и приятнее от того, что для него заколоты будут, кроме простых людей, вельможи и князья (цари). Перечисляются все виды жертвенных животных для изображения разных классов общества, из которых состояло войско Гога. “Бараны” поставлены отдельно от ягнят и на первом месте, как предводители стада. LXX называют дважды не овец, а трижды волов: “овны и телцы и козлы и волы” (в греч. оба раза moscoi). “Откормленных на Васане” - см. объяснение XXVII:6: - богатых и могущественных. LXX Васана не читают.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:18: Ye shall - drink the blood of the princes of the earth - I need not mention the custom of the Scandinavians: they were accustomed to drink the blood of their enemies out of the skulls of the dead. But this is spoken of fowls and beasts here - rams, lambs, and goats. The feast shall be as grateful and as plenteous to the fowls and beasts, as one made of the above animals, the fattest and best of their kind, (because fed in the fertile fields of Bashan), would be to the guests of him who makes a sacrifice.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:18: eat: Eze 29:5, Eze 34:8; Rev 19:17, Rev 19:18, Rev 19:21
goats: Heb. great goats, Eze 34:17 *marg.
of bullocks: Psa 68:30; Isa 34:7; Jer 50:11, Jer 50:27, Jer 51:40
fatlings: Deu 32:14; Psa 22:12; Amo 4:1
John Gill
39:18 Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty,.... Of the soldiers, men of strength and courage, and fit for war, with which the army of Gog will abound:
and drink the blood of the princes of the earth: both the princes of his own family and court, and those of his allies and auxiliaries that will come along with him:
of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks; which the Targum Jarchi, and Kimchi, interpret of kings, princes, dukes, rulers, and governors; and so does John, in the Revelation, of kings, captains, and mighty men, Rev_ 19:18,
all of them fatlings of Baasha; which was a country in Israel, very fruitful, and full of pastures, where much fat cattle were bred; and to which these great personages in Gog's army are compared, for their bulk, strength, and wealth. So the Targum,
"all of them rich in substance.''
Tit may be rendered, "all of them the merie of Bashan"; for "meri" is the name of an ox or buffle; and Jarchi says that a fat ox is called in the Arabic language "almari" (h).
(h) Vid. Bochart. de Script. Animal. par. 1. l. 2. c. 28. col. 284.
John Wesley
39:18 Ye shall eat - In these two and the following verses, God takes on him the person of one that makes a feast, invites his guests, and promises to satisfy them. Of the two former, the first is an Enigmatical invitation, or an invitation in a riddle; the latter is the key to this character. The mighty - Who had great authority, great courage and strength, the giant - like ones, commanders of great note in the army. Princes - Many princes came with their country men and subjects to assist in this war. Rams - These are compared to rams which lead the flock. Lambs - Lambs are the more ordinary in the army. Goats - Goats signify the more lascivious, and impetuous among them. Bullocks - Bullocks, such as though more slow, were of great strength. Fatlings - Well fed. Bashan - A mountain of most rich, and sweet soil.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:18 rams . . . lambs . . . goats--By these various animal victims used in sacrifices are meant various ranks of men, princes, generals, and soldiers (compare Is 34:6).
fatlings of Bashan--ungodly men of might (Ps 22:12). Bashan, beyond Jordan, was famed for its fat cattle. Fat implies prosperity which often makes men refractory towards God (Deut 32:14-15).
39:1939:19: եւ կերիջիք ճարպ ցյագ, եւ արբջիք արիւն ցարբենալ ՚ի զենլեաց իմոց զոր զենի ձեզ.
19 Իմ զոհած ողջակէզների ճարպը կերէ՛ք յագենալու եւ արիւնը խմեցէ՛ք հարբելո՛ւ աստիճան:
19 Ձեզի համար կատարած զոհէս՝ մինչեւ որ կշտանաք ճարպ պիտի ուտէք ու մինչեւ որ գինովնաք՝ արիւն պիտի խմէք։
Եւ կերիջիք ճարպ ցյագ, եւ արբջիք արիւն ցարբենալ ի զենլեաց իմոց զոր զենի ձեզ:

39:19: եւ կերիջիք ճարպ ցյագ, եւ արբջիք արիւն ցարբենալ ՚ի զենլեաց իմոց զոր զենի ձեզ.
19 Իմ զոհած ողջակէզների ճարպը կերէ՛ք յագենալու եւ արիւնը խմեցէ՛ք հարբելո՛ւ աստիճան:
19 Ձեզի համար կատարած զոհէս՝ մինչեւ որ կշտանաք ճարպ պիտի ուտէք ու մինչեւ որ գինովնաք՝ արիւն պիտի խմէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:1939:19 и будете есть жир до сытости и пить кровь до опьянения от жертвы Моей, которую Я заколю для вас.
39:19 καὶ και and; even φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume στέαρ στεαρ into; for πλησμονὴν πλησμονη repletion; satisfaction καὶ και and; even πίεσθε πινω drink αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams εἰς εις into; for μέθην μεθη drunkenness ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the θυσίας θυσια immolation; sacrifice μου μου of me; mine ἧς ος who; what ἔθυσα θυω immolate; sacrifice ὑμῖν υμιν you
39:19 וַ wa וְ and אֲכַלְתֶּם־ ʔᵃḵaltem- אכל eat חֵ֣לֶב ḥˈēlev חֵלֶב fat לְ lᵊ לְ to שָׂבְעָ֔ה śovʕˈā שִׂבְעָה satiety וּ û וְ and שְׁתִ֥יתֶם šᵊṯˌîṯem שׁתה drink דָּ֖ם dˌām דָּם blood לְ lᵊ לְ to שִׁכָּרֹ֑ון šikkārˈôn שִׁכָּרֹון drunkenness מִ mi מִן from זִּבְחִ֖י zzivḥˌî זֶבַח sacrifice אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] זָבַ֥חְתִּי zāvˌaḥtî זבח slaughter לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
39:19. et comedetis adipem in saturitate et bibetis sanguinem in ebrietate de victima quam ego immolabo vobisAnd you shall eat the fat till you be full, and shall drink blood till you be drunk of the victim which I shall slay for you.
19. And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you.
39:19. And you shall consume the fat unto satiation, and you shall drink the blood unto inebriation, from the victim that I will immolate for you.
39:19. And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you.
And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you:

39:19 и будете есть жир до сытости и пить кровь до опьянения от жертвы Моей, которую Я заколю для вас.
39:19
καὶ και and; even
φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume
στέαρ στεαρ into; for
πλησμονὴν πλησμονη repletion; satisfaction
καὶ και and; even
πίεσθε πινω drink
αἷμα αιμα blood; bloodstreams
εἰς εις into; for
μέθην μεθη drunkenness
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
θυσίας θυσια immolation; sacrifice
μου μου of me; mine
ἧς ος who; what
ἔθυσα θυω immolate; sacrifice
ὑμῖν υμιν you
39:19
וַ wa וְ and
אֲכַלְתֶּם־ ʔᵃḵaltem- אכל eat
חֵ֣לֶב ḥˈēlev חֵלֶב fat
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שָׂבְעָ֔ה śovʕˈā שִׂבְעָה satiety
וּ û וְ and
שְׁתִ֥יתֶם šᵊṯˌîṯem שׁתה drink
דָּ֖ם dˌām דָּם blood
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שִׁכָּרֹ֑ון šikkārˈôn שִׁכָּרֹון drunkenness
מִ mi מִן from
זִּבְחִ֖י zzivḥˌî זֶבַח sacrifice
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
זָבַ֥חְתִּי zāvˌaḥtî זבח slaughter
לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
39:19. et comedetis adipem in saturitate et bibetis sanguinem in ebrietate de victima quam ego immolabo vobis
And you shall eat the fat till you be full, and shall drink blood till you be drunk of the victim which I shall slay for you.
39:19. And you shall consume the fat unto satiation, and you shall drink the blood unto inebriation, from the victim that I will immolate for you.
39:19. And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
19. Роскошь пира, равняющаяся здесь ужасу его, особенно сильно рисуется тем, что гости будут пьяными от крови. Что на жертвенных пирах доходили до излишеств, свидетельствуют 1: Цар I:13; Ис XXVIII:8.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:19: And ye shall eat fat - and drink blood - Who shall eat and drink, etc.? Not the Jews: though Voltaire says they ate human flesh, and are invited here by the prophet to eat the flesh and drink the blood of their enemies; which is a most unprincipled falsehood. It is the fowls and the beasts that God invites, Eze 39:17 : "Speak to every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, assemble yourselves - that ye may eat flesh and drink blood;" nor are the persons altered in all these Eze 39:17-20 : so the assertion of Voltaire is either through brutish ignorance or Satanic malice.
John Gill
39:19 And ye shall eat fat till ye be full,.... The fat of men; and such as before described generally are fat, and of which they shall have enough; and, though voracious creatures, shall eat to satiety:
and drink blood till ye be drunken; as men are with wine, who become mad with it; and so birds and beasts of prey grow fiercer by drinking blood: the meaning is, they should have their fill of the flesh, fat, and blood, of slain men:
of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you; the Targum is,
"of the flesh of the slain, which I have slain for you;''
See Gill on Ezek 39:17.
39:2039:20: եւ յագեսջիք ՚ի սեղանոյ իմմէ. ՚ի հեծելոց, եւ յերիվարաց, եւ ՚ի սկայից, եւ յամենայն արանց պատերազմողաց՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12925]։ [12925] Յօրինակին պակասէր. Եւ յագեսջիք... եւ յամենայն արանց պատերազմողաց։
20 Դուք կը յագենաք իմ սեղանից, հեծեալներից, երիվարներից, հսկաներից ու պատերազմող բոլոր այրերից”, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
20 Իմ սեղանիս վրայ ձիերէն ու կառքի անասուններէն, զօրաւորներէն ու ամէն պատերազմող մարդէն պիտի կշտանաք»։
Եւ յագեսջիք ի սեղանոյ իմմէ, ի հեծելոց եւ յերիվարաց, ի սկայից, եւ յամենայն արանց պատերազմողաց, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

39:20: եւ յագեսջիք ՚ի սեղանոյ իմմէ. ՚ի հեծելոց, եւ յերիվարաց, եւ ՚ի սկայից, եւ յամենայն արանց պատերազմողաց՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12925]։
[12925] Յօրինակին պակասէր. Եւ յագեսջիք... եւ յամենայն արանց պատերազմողաց։
20 Դուք կը յագենաք իմ սեղանից, հեծեալներից, երիվարներից, հսկաներից ու պատերազմող բոլոր այրերից”, - ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
20 Իմ սեղանիս վրայ ձիերէն ու կառքի անասուններէն, զօրաւորներէն ու ամէն պատերազմող մարդէն պիտի կշտանաք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2039:20 И насытитесь за столом Моим конями и всадниками, мужами сильными и всякими людьми военными, говорит Господь Бог.
39:20 καὶ και and; even ἐμπλησθήσεσθε εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the τραπέζης τραπεζα table; bank μου μου of me; mine ἵππον ιππος horse καὶ και and; even ἀναβάτην αναβατης and; even πάντα πας all; every ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband πολεμιστήν πολεμιστης tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:20 וּ û וְ and שְׂבַעְתֶּ֤ם śᵊvaʕtˈem שׂבע be sated עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שֻׁלְחָנִי֙ šulḥānˌî שֻׁלְחָן table ס֣וּס sˈûs סוּס horse וָ wā וְ and רֶ֔כֶב rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot גִּבֹּ֖ור gibbˌôr גִּבֹּור vigorous וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man מִלְחָמָ֑ה milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
39:20. et saturabimini super mensam meam de equo et de equite forti et de universis viris bellatoribus ait Dominus DeusAnd you shall be filled at my table with horses, and mighty horsemen, and all the men of war, saith the Lord God.
20. And ye shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord GOD.
39:20. And you shall be satiated, upon my table, from horses and powerful horsemen, and from all the men of war, says the Lord God.
39:20. Thus ye shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord GOD.
Thus ye shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord GOD:

39:20 И насытитесь за столом Моим конями и всадниками, мужами сильными и всякими людьми военными, говорит Господь Бог.
39:20
καὶ και and; even
ἐμπλησθήσεσθε εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
τραπέζης τραπεζα table; bank
μου μου of me; mine
ἵππον ιππος horse
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβάτην αναβατης and; even
πάντα πας all; every
ἄνδρα ανηρ man; husband
πολεμιστήν πολεμιστης tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:20
וּ û וְ and
שְׂבַעְתֶּ֤ם śᵊvaʕtˈem שׂבע be sated
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שֻׁלְחָנִי֙ šulḥānˌî שֻׁלְחָן table
ס֣וּס sˈûs סוּס horse
וָ וְ and
רֶ֔כֶב rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot
גִּבֹּ֖ור gibbˌôr גִּבֹּור vigorous
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
מִלְחָמָ֑ה milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
39:20. et saturabimini super mensam meam de equo et de equite forti et de universis viris bellatoribus ait Dominus Deus
And you shall be filled at my table with horses, and mighty horsemen, and all the men of war, saith the Lord God.
39:20. And you shall be satiated, upon my table, from horses and powerful horsemen, and from all the men of war, says the Lord God.
39:20. Thus ye shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
20. Горы, наполненные трупами побежденной армии, представляются пиршественным столом. Пророк как бы не может расстаться с образом, внося в него здесь последние дополнения.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:20: Eze 38:4; Psa 76:5, Psa 76:6; Hag 2:22; Rev 19:18
John Gill
39:20 Thus shall ye be filled at my table with horses and chariots,.... With the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, as John interprets it, Rev_ 19:18, and so the Septuagint, Syriac, and Arabic versions: and with the flesh of men that ride in chariots used in war; for chariots themselves cannot be eaten; and with these the birds and beasts of prey will be filled at the Lord's table, which he will furnish for them on the mountains of Israel, on the field of battle, where Gog and his army will fall: and thus as the Lord's supper is called the table of the Lord, 1Cor 10:21, so this table of the Lord is called the supper of the great God, Rev_ 19:17, this is further explained,
with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord God; that is, with the flesh of valiant men, generals, captains, officers of all sorts, and common soldiers, even of all men, great and small, bond and free, Rev_ 19:18.
John Wesley
39:20 At my table - In the field where Gog, his princes, and army, are slain, compared to a table. Horses - Horsemen, not common foot soldiers. Chariots - The men that ride in them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:20 my table--the field of battle on the mountains of Israel (Ezek 38:8, Ezek 38:20).
chariots--that is, charioteers.
39:2139:21: Եւ տաց զփառս իմ ՚ի ձեզ. եւ տեսցեն ամենայն ազգք զդատաստանն իմ զոր արարի, եւ զձեռն իմ զոր ածից ՚ի վերայ նոցա[12926]։ [12926] Ոմանք. Զոր ածի ՚ի վերայ նոցա։ Ուր եւ ոմանք. զոր արարից ՚ի վերայ նոցա։
21 “Ես փառքս տալու եմ ձեզ, ու բոլոր ժողովուրդները տեսնելու են իմ արած դատաստանը, ձեռքս, որ դնելու եմ իրենց վրայ:
21 Տէր Եհովան կ’ըսէ. «Ազգերու մէջ իմ փառքս պիտի դնեմ ու բոլոր ազգերը իմ ըրած դատաստաններս ու անոնց վրայ դրած ձեռքս պիտի տեսնեն։
Եւ տաց զփառս իմ [851]ի ձեզ, եւ տեսցեն ամենայն ազգք զդատաստանն իմ զոր արարի, եւ զձեռն իմ զոր ածի ի վերայ նոցա:

39:21: Եւ տաց զփառս իմ ՚ի ձեզ. եւ տեսցեն ամենայն ազգք զդատաստանն իմ զոր արարի, եւ զձեռն իմ զոր ածից ՚ի վերայ նոցա[12926]։
[12926] Ոմանք. Զոր ածի ՚ի վերայ նոցա։ Ուր եւ ոմանք. զոր արարից ՚ի վերայ նոցա։
21 “Ես փառքս տալու եմ ձեզ, ու բոլոր ժողովուրդները տեսնելու են իմ արած դատաստանը, ձեռքս, որ դնելու եմ իրենց վրայ:
21 Տէր Եհովան կ’ըսէ. «Ազգերու մէջ իմ փառքս պիտի դնեմ ու բոլոր ազգերը իմ ըրած դատաստաններս ու անոնց վրայ դրած ձեռքս պիտի տեսնեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2139:21 И явлю славу Мою между народами, и все народы увидят суд Мой, который Я произведу, и руку Мою, которую Я наложу на них.
39:21 καὶ και and; even δώσω διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the δόξαν δοξα glory μου μου of me; mine ἐν εν in ὑμῖν υμιν you καὶ και and; even ὄψονται οραω view; see πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste τὴν ο the κρίσιν κρισις decision; judgment μου μου of me; mine ἣν ος who; what ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the χεῖρά χειρ hand μου μου of me; mine ἣν ος who; what ἐπήγαγον επαγω instigate; bring on ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτούς αυτος he; him
39:21 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כְּבֹודִ֖י kᵊvôḏˌî כָּבֹוד weight בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גֹּויִ֑ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people וְ wᵊ וְ and רָא֣וּ rāʔˈû ראה see כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֗ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִשְׁפָּטִי֙ mišpāṭˌî מִשְׁפָּט justice אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשִׂ֔יתִי ʕāśˈîṯî עשׂה make וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדִ֖י yāḏˌî יָד hand אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] שַׂ֥מְתִּי śˌamtî שׂים put בָהֶֽם׃ vāhˈem בְּ in
39:21. et ponam gloriam meam in gentibus et videbunt omnes gentes iudicium meum quod fecerim et manum meam quam posuerim super eosAnd I will set my glory among the nations: and all nations shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them.
21. And I will set my glory among the nations, and all the nations shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them.
39:21. And I will set my glory among the Gentiles. And all the nations shall see my judgment, which I have accomplished, and my hand, which I have laid upon them.
39:21. And I will set my glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them.
And I will set my glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them:

39:21 И явлю славу Мою между народами, и все народы увидят суд Мой, который Я произведу, и руку Мою, которую Я наложу на них.
39:21
καὶ και and; even
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
δόξαν δοξα glory
μου μου of me; mine
ἐν εν in
ὑμῖν υμιν you
καὶ και and; even
ὄψονται οραω view; see
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
τὴν ο the
κρίσιν κρισις decision; judgment
μου μου of me; mine
ἣν ος who; what
ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
χεῖρά χειρ hand
μου μου of me; mine
ἣν ος who; what
ἐπήγαγον επαγω instigate; bring on
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
39:21
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כְּבֹודִ֖י kᵊvôḏˌî כָּבֹוד weight
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גֹּויִ֑ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רָא֣וּ rāʔˈû ראה see
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֗ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִשְׁפָּטִי֙ mišpāṭˌî מִשְׁפָּט justice
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשִׂ֔יתִי ʕāśˈîṯî עשׂה make
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדִ֖י yāḏˌî יָד hand
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שַׂ֥מְתִּי śˌamtî שׂים put
בָהֶֽם׃ vāhˈem בְּ in
39:21. et ponam gloriam meam in gentibus et videbunt omnes gentes iudicium meum quod fecerim et manum meam quam posuerim super eos
And I will set my glory among the nations: and all nations shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them.
39:21. And I will set my glory among the Gentiles. And all the nations shall see my judgment, which I have accomplished, and my hand, which I have laid upon them.
39:21. And I will set my glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
21. “Между народами” - сообразнее с контекстом, чем “в вас” LХХ. - “Все народы” - В лице Гога произведен суд (и истребление) над всеми языческими народами, так как он - представитель их. - “Руку Мою, которую Я наложу” - истребление.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:21: I will set: Eze 36:23, Eze 38:16, Eze 38:23; Exo 9:16, Exo 14:4; Isa 26:11, Isa 37:20; Mal 1:11
and my: Exo 7:4, Exo 8:19; Sa1 5:7, Sa1 5:11, Sa1 6:9; Psa 32:4
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
39:21
The Result of this Judgment, and the Concluding Promise
Ezek 39:21. Then will I display my glory among the nations, and all nations shall see my judgment which I shall execute, and my hand which I shall lay upon them. Ezek 39:22. And the house of Israel shall know that I am Jehovah their God from this day and forward. Ezek 39:23. And the nations shall know that because of their wickedness the house of Israel went into captivity; because they have been unfaithful toward me, I hid my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their oppressors, so that they all fell by the sword. Ezek 39:24. According to their uncleanness, and according to their transgressions, I dealt with them, and hid my face from them. Ezek 39:25. Therefore thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Now will I bring back the captivity of Jacob, and have pity upon all the house of Israel, and be jealous for my holy name. Ezek 39:26. Then will they bear their reproach and all their faithlessness which they have committed toward me when they dwell in their land in security, and no one alarms them; Ezek 39:27. When I bring them back out of the nations, and gather them out of the lands of their enemies, and sanctify myself upon them before the eyes of the many nations. Ezek 39:28. And they will know that I, Jehovah, am their God, when I have driven them out to the nations, and then bring them together again into their land, and leave none of them there any more. Ezek 39:29. And I will not hide my face from them any more, because I have poured out my Spirit upon the house of Israel, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. - The terrible judgment upon Gog will have this twofold effect as a revelation of the glory of God - first, Israel will know that the Lord is, and will always continue to be, its God (Ezek 39:22); secondly, the heathen will know that He gave Israel into their power, and thrust it out of its own land, not from weakness, but to punish it for its faithless apostasy (Ezek 39:23 and Ezek 39:24; compare Ezek 36:17.). עשׂה אתם (Ezek 39:24), as in Ezek 7:27, etc. But because this was the purpose of the Lord with His judgments, He will now bring back the captives of Israel, and have compassion upon all His people. This turn of the prophecy in Ezek 39:25 serves to introduce the promise to Israel with which the prophecy concerning Gog and the whole series of prophecies, contained in Ezek 35:1 onwards, are brought to a close (Ezek 39:25-29). This promise reverts in 'עתּה אשׁיב וגו to the prophet's own time, to which Ezekiel had already gone back by mentioning the carrying away of Israel in Ezek 39:23 and Ezek 39:24. The restoration of the captives of Jacob commences with the liberation of Israel from the Babylonian exile, but is not to be restricted to this. It embraces all the deliverances which Israel will experience from the termination of the Babylonian exile till its final gathering out of the nations on the conversion of the remnant which is still hardened and scattered. לכן, therefore, sc. because God will prove Himself to be holy in the sight of the heathen nations by means of the judgment, and will make known to them that He has punished Israel solely on account of its sins, and therefore will He restore His people and renew it by His Spirit (Ezek 39:29). - In what the jealousy of God for His holy name consists is evident from v.7, and still more plainly from Ezek 36:22-23, namely, in the fact that by means of the judgment He manifests Himself as the holy God. ונשׂוּ is not to be altered into ונשׁוּ, "they will forget," as Dathe and Hitzig propose, but is a defective spelling for ונשׂאוּ (like מלוּ for מלאוּ in Ezek 28:16): they will bear their reproach. The thought is the same as in Ezek 16:54 and Ezek 16:61, where the bearing of reproach is explained as signifying their being ashamed of their sins and their consequences, and feeling disgust thereat. They will feel this shame when the Lord grants them lasting peace in their own land. Raschi has correctly explained it thus: "When I shall have done them good, and not rewarded them as their iniquity deserved, they will be filled with shame, so that they will not dare to lift up their face." - Ezek 39:27 is only a further expansion of Ezek 39:26. For the fact itself, compare Ezek 36:23-24; Ezek 20:41, etc. And not only will Israel then be ashamed of its sins, but (Ezek 39:28, Ezek 39:29) it will also know that Jehovah is its God from henceforth and for ever, as was affirmed in Ezek 39:22, when He shall fully restore to their own land the people that was thrust into exile, and withdraw His favour from it no more, because He has poured out His Spirit upon it, and thereby perfectly sanctified it as His own people (cf. Ezek 36:27).
The promise with which the prophecy concerning the destruction of Gog is brought to a close, namely, that in this judgment all nations shall see the glory of God, and all Israel shall know that henceforth Jehovah will be their God, and will no more hide His face from them, serves to confirm the substance of the threat of punishment; inasmuch as it also teaches that, in the destruction of Gog and his gathering of peoples, the last attack of the heathen world-power upon the kingdom of God will be judged and overthrown, so that from that time forth the people of God will no more have to fear a foe who can disturb its peace and its blessedness in the everlasting possession of the inheritance given to it by the Lord. Gog is not only depicted as the last foe, whom the Lord Himself entices for the purpose of destroying him by miracles of His almighty power (Ezek 38:3-4, Ezek 38:19-22), by the fact that his appearance is assigned to the end of the times, when all Israel is gathered out of the nations and brought back out of the lands, and dwells in secure repose in the open and unfortified towns of its own land (Ezek 38:8, Ezek 38:11-12); but this may also be inferred from the fact that the gathering of peoples led by Gog against Israel belongs to the heathen nations living on the borders of the known world,since this points to a time when not only will the ancient foes of the kingdom of God, whose destruction was predicted in Ezekiel 25-32, have departed from the stage of history and perished, but the boundaries of Israel will also stretch far beyond the limits of Palestine, to the vicinity of these hordes of peoples at the remotest extremities on the north, the east, and the south of the globe. - So much may be gathered from the contents of our prophecy in relation to its historical fulfilment. But in order to determine with greater precision what is the heathen power thus rising up in Gog of Magog against the kingdom of God, we mut take into consideration the passage in the Apocalypse (Rev_ 20:8 and Rev_ 20:9), where our prophecy is resumed. Into this, however, we will not further enter till after the exposition of Ezekiel 40-48, when we shall take up the question as to the historical realization of the new temple and kingdom of God which Ezekiel saw.
John Gill
39:21 And I will set my glory among the Heathen,.... The glory of his divine perfections, particularly his power and his goodness, in destroying the enemies of his people, and saving them; which will be set in a clear point of view to the Heathen, that they cannot but observe it; and this is the ultimate end of this strange event, as it is of all that the Lord does, even his own glory, subordinate to which is his people's good:
and all the Heathen shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them; his vengeance and power, as the Targum; the punishment inflicted by his mighty hand on Gog and his army: these Heathens are the Pagan kingdoms of China, &c. and of Tartary, Persia, and the whole Turkish dominions, being Mahometan, which are no better than Heathen; these will be converted to the Christian religion, in consequence of this event; for this will be the passing away of the Turkish woe, which will make way for the sounding of the seventh trumpet; and when these kingdoms will become Christ's, and way be made for the kings of the east to come over to him, Rev_ 11:14.
John Wesley
39:21 All the heathen - In the countries to which the news shall come.
39:2239:22: Եւ ծանիցեն տունն Իսրայէլի թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած նոցա, յօրէ յայնմանէ եւ առ յապայ[12927]։ [12927] Ոսկան. Յօրէ յայսմանէ եւ առ յապայ։
22 Եւ Իսրայէլի տան զաւակները պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ իրենց Տէր Աստուածը՝ սկսած այն օրից եւ յետագայում”:
22 Ու Իսրայէլի տունը այն օրէն յետոյ պիտի գիտնան թէ իրենց Տէր Աստուածը ես եմ։
Եւ ծանիցեն տունն Իսրայելի` թէ ես եմ Տէր Աստուած նոցա, յօրէ յայնմանէ եւ առ յապայ:

39:22: Եւ ծանիցեն տունն Իսրայէլի թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր Աստուած նոցա, յօրէ յայնմանէ եւ առ յապայ[12927]։
[12927] Ոսկան. Յօրէ յայսմանէ եւ առ յապայ։
22 Եւ Իսրայէլի տան զաւակները պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ իրենց Տէր Աստուածը՝ սկսած այն օրից եւ յետագայում”:
22 Ու Իսրայէլի տունը այն օրէն յետոյ պիտի գիտնան թէ իրենց Տէր Աստուածը ես եմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2239:22 И будет знать дом Израилев, что Я Господь Бог их, от сего дня и далее.
39:22 καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know οἶκος οικος home; household Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day ταύτης ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even ἐπέκεινα επεκεινα beyond
39:22 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָֽדְעוּ֙ yˈāḏᵊʕû ידע know בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֑ם ʔᵉlˈōhêhˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he וָ wā וְ and הָֽלְאָה׃ hˈālᵊʔā הָלְאָה further
39:22. et scient domus Israhel quia ego Dominus Deus eorum a die illa et deincepsAnd the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward.
22. So the house of Israel shall know that I am the LORD their God, from that day and forward.
39:22. And the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord, their God, from that day and thereafter.
39:22. So the house of Israel shall know that I [am] the LORD their God from that day and forward.
So the house of Israel shall know that I [am] the LORD their God from that day and forward:

39:22 И будет знать дом Израилев, что Я Господь Бог их, от сего дня и далее.
39:22
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
οἶκος οικος home; household
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ταύτης ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
ἐπέκεινα επεκεινα beyond
39:22
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָֽדְעוּ֙ yˈāḏᵊʕû ידע know
בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֑ם ʔᵉlˈōhêhˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
וָ וְ and
הָֽלְאָה׃ hˈālᵊʔā הָלְאָה further
39:22. et scient domus Israhel quia ego Dominus Deus eorum a die illa et deinceps
And the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward.
39:22. And the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord, their God, from that day and thereafter.
39:22. So the house of Israel shall know that I [am] the LORD their God from that day and forward.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22. “И будет знать”, благодаря заступничеству за него.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:22: know: Eze 39:7, Eze 39:28, Eze 28:26, Eze 34:30; Psa 9:16; Jer 24:7, Jer 31:34; Joh 17:3; Jo1 5:20
John Gill
39:22 So the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God,.... That has chosen them, redeemed them, called them, manifested his covenant love and grace to them, and protected and defended them: this destruction of their enemies will be a proof of it; and they will hereby be led into a clearer knowledge of him, and of his goodness to them; and make a more firm and constant profession of him,
even from that day and forward, to the end of time; for after this the Jews will no more apostatize, but will for ever remain the people of God and Christ.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:22 So the house of Israel shall know . . . Lord--by My interposition for them. So, too, the heathen shall be led to fear the name of the Lord (Ps 102:15).
39:2339:23: Եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն ազգք, թէ վասն մեղաց իւրեանց գերեցան տունն Իսրայէլի. փոխանակ զի անարգեցին զիս, դարձուցի զերեսս իմ ՚ի նոցանէ, եւ մատնեցի զնոսա ՚ի ձեռս թշնամեաց իւրեանց. եւ անկա՛ն ամենեքեան ՚ի սուր.
23 “Բոլոր ժողովուրդներն էլ պէտք է իմանան, որ իրենց մեղքերի պատճառով գերեվարուեցին Իսրայէլի տան զաւակները: Այն բանի համար, որ անարգեցին ինձ, ես երես դարձրի նրանցից, նրանց մատնեցի իրենց թշնամիների ձեռքը, ու բոլորն էլ սրից ընկան:
23 Եւ ազգերը պիտի գիտնան թէ Իսրայէլի տունը՝ իրենց անօրէնութեանը եւ ինծի ապստամբ ըլլալնուն համար՝ գերի եղաւ ու ես իմ երեսս անոնցմէ ծածկեցի։ Զանոնք իրենց թշնամիներուն ձեռքը տուի ու ամէնքը սուրով ինկան։
Եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն ազգք, թէ վասն մեղաց իւրեանց գերեցան տունն Իսրայելի, փոխանակ զի անարգեցին զիս, [852]դարձուցի զերեսս իմ ի նոցանէ, եւ մատնեցի զնոսա ի ձեռս թշնամեաց իւրեանց, եւ անկան ամենեքեան ի սուր:

39:23: Եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն ազգք, թէ վասն մեղաց իւրեանց գերեցան տունն Իսրայէլի. փոխանակ զի անարգեցին զիս, դարձուցի զերեսս իմ ՚ի նոցանէ, եւ մատնեցի զնոսա ՚ի ձեռս թշնամեաց իւրեանց. եւ անկա՛ն ամենեքեան ՚ի սուր.
23 “Բոլոր ժողովուրդներն էլ պէտք է իմանան, որ իրենց մեղքերի պատճառով գերեվարուեցին Իսրայէլի տան զաւակները: Այն բանի համար, որ անարգեցին ինձ, ես երես դարձրի նրանցից, նրանց մատնեցի իրենց թշնամիների ձեռքը, ու բոլորն էլ սրից ընկան:
23 Եւ ազգերը պիտի գիտնան թէ Իսրայէլի տունը՝ իրենց անօրէնութեանը եւ ինծի ապստամբ ըլլալնուն համար՝ գերի եղաւ ու ես իմ երեսս անոնցմէ ծածկեցի։ Զանոնք իրենց թշնամիներուն ձեռքը տուի ու ամէնքը սուրով ինկան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2339:23 И узнают народы, что дом Израилев был переселен за неправду свою; за то, что они поступали вероломно предо Мною, Я сокрыл от них лице Мое и отдал их в руки врагов их, и все они пали от меча.
39:23 καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste ὅτι οτι since; that διὰ δια through; because of τὰς ο the ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν αιχμαλωτευω capture οἶκος οικος home; household Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἀνθ᾿ αντι against; instead of ὧν ος who; what ἠθέτησαν αθετεω displace; put off εἰς εις into; for ἐμέ εμε me καὶ και and; even ἀπέστρεψα αποστρεφω turn away; alienate τὸ ο the πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of μου μου of me; mine ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even παρέδωκα παραδιδωμι betray; give over αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for χεῖρας χειρ hand τῶν ο the ἐχθρῶν εχθρος hostile; enemy αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔπεσαν πιπτω fall πάντες πας all; every μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
39:23 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֣וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know הַ֠ ha הַ the גֹּויִם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that בַ va בְּ in עֲוֹנָ֞ם ʕᵃwōnˈām עָוֹן sin גָּל֣וּ gālˈû גלה uncover בֵֽית־ vˈêṯ- בַּיִת house יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel עַ֚ל ˈʕal עַל upon אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָֽעֲלוּ־ mˈāʕᵃlû- מעל be unfaithful בִ֔י vˈî בְּ in וָ wā וְ and אַסְתִּ֥ר ʔastˌir סתר hide פָּנַ֖י pānˌay פָּנֶה face מֵהֶ֑ם mēhˈem מִן from וָֽ wˈā וְ and אֶתְּנֵם֙ ʔettᵊnˌēm נתן give בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand צָרֵיהֶ֔ם ṣārêhˈem צַר adversary וַ wa וְ and יִּפְּל֥וּ yyippᵊlˌû נפל fall בַ va בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger כֻּלָּֽם׃ kullˈām כֹּל whole
39:23. et scient gentes quoniam in iniquitate sua capta sit domus Israhel eo quod reliquerint me et absconderim faciem meam ab eis et tradiderim eos in manu hostium et ceciderint in gladio universiAnd the nations shall know that the house of Israel were made captives for their iniquity, because they forsook me, and I hid my face from them: and I delivered them into the hands of their enemies, and they fell all by the sword.
23. And the nations shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity; because they trespassed against me, and I hid my face from them: so I gave them into the hand of their adversaries, and they fell all of them by the sword.
39:23. And the Gentiles shall know that the house of Israel was taken captive because of their own iniquity, because they abandoned me. And so I concealed my face from them, and I delivered them into the hands of their enemies, and they all fell by the sword.
39:23. And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity: because they trespassed against me, therefore hid I my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies: so fell they all by the sword.
And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity: because they trespassed against me, therefore hid I my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies: so fell they all by the sword:

39:23 И узнают народы, что дом Израилев был переселен за неправду свою; за то, что они поступали вероломно предо Мною, Я сокрыл от них лице Мое и отдал их в руки врагов их, и все они пали от меча.
39:23
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
ὅτι οτι since; that
διὰ δια through; because of
τὰς ο the
ἁμαρτίας αμαρτια sin; fault
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν αιχμαλωτευω capture
οἶκος οικος home; household
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἀνθ᾿ αντι against; instead of
ὧν ος who; what
ἠθέτησαν αθετεω displace; put off
εἰς εις into; for
ἐμέ εμε me
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστρεψα αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
τὸ ο the
πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of
μου μου of me; mine
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
παρέδωκα παραδιδωμι betray; give over
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
χεῖρας χειρ hand
τῶν ο the
ἐχθρῶν εχθρος hostile; enemy
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔπεσαν πιπτω fall
πάντες πας all; every
μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
39:23
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֣וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know
הַ֠ ha הַ the
גֹּויִם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
בַ va בְּ in
עֲוֹנָ֞ם ʕᵃwōnˈām עָוֹן sin
גָּל֣וּ gālˈû גלה uncover
בֵֽית־ vˈêṯ- בַּיִת house
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
עַ֚ל ˈʕal עַל upon
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָֽעֲלוּ־ mˈāʕᵃlû- מעל be unfaithful
בִ֔י vˈî בְּ in
וָ וְ and
אַסְתִּ֥ר ʔastˌir סתר hide
פָּנַ֖י pānˌay פָּנֶה face
מֵהֶ֑ם mēhˈem מִן from
וָֽ wˈā וְ and
אֶתְּנֵם֙ ʔettᵊnˌēm נתן give
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַ֣ד yˈaḏ יָד hand
צָרֵיהֶ֔ם ṣārêhˈem צַר adversary
וַ wa וְ and
יִּפְּל֥וּ yyippᵊlˌû נפל fall
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger
כֻּלָּֽם׃ kullˈām כֹּל whole
39:23. et scient gentes quoniam in iniquitate sua capta sit domus Israhel eo quod reliquerint me et absconderim faciem meam ab eis et tradiderim eos in manu hostium et ceciderint in gladio universi
And the nations shall know that the house of Israel were made captives for their iniquity, because they forsook me, and I hid my face from them: and I delivered them into the hands of their enemies, and they fell all by the sword.
39:23. And the Gentiles shall know that the house of Israel was taken captive because of their own iniquity, because they abandoned me. And so I concealed my face from them, and I delivered them into the hands of their enemies, and they all fell by the sword.
39:23. And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity: because they trespassed against me, therefore hid I my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies: so fell they all by the sword.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23. “За неправду свою”, а не по бессилию Иеговы избавить Израиля от врагов. - “Я сокрыл от них лице Мое”. Втор XXXI:18; XXXII:20.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
23 And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity: because they trespassed against me, therefore hid I my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies: so fell they all by the sword. 24 According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions have I done unto them, and hid my face from them. 25 Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy name; 26 After that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and none made them afraid. 27 When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out of their enemies' lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; 28 Then shall they know that I am the LORD their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them unto their own land, and have left none of them any more there. 29 Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord GOD.
This is the conclusion of the whole matter going before, and has reference not only to the predictions concerning Gog and Magog, but to all the prophecies of this book concerning the captivity of the house of Israel, and then concerning their restoration and return out of their captivity.
I. God will let the heathen know the meaning of his people's troubles, and rectify the mistake of those concerning them who took occasion from the troubles of Israel to reproach the God of Israel, as unable to protect them and untrue to his covenant with them. When God, upon their reformation and return to him, turned again their captivity, and brought them back to their own land, and, upon their perseverance in their reformation, wrought such great salvations for them as that from the attempts of Gog upon them, then it would be made to appear, even to the heathen that would but consider and compare things, that there was no ground at all for their reflection, that Israel went into captivity, not because God could not protect them, but because they had by sin forfeited his favour and thrown themselves out of his protection (v. 23, 24): The heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity, that iniquity which they learned from the heathen their neighbours, because they trespassed against God. That was the true reason why God hid his face from them and gave them into the hand of their enemies. It was according to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions. Now the evincing of this will not only silence their reflections on God, but will redound greatly to his honour; when the troubles of God's people are over, and we see the end of them, we shall better understand them than we did at first. And it will appear much for the glory of God when the world is made to know, 1. That God punishes sin even in his own people, because he hates it most in those that are nearest and dearest to him, Amos iii. 2. It is the praise of justice to be impartial. 2. That, when God gives up his people for a prey, it is to correct them and reform them, not to gratify their enemies, Isa. x. 7; xlii. 24. Let not them therefore exalt themselves. 3. That no sooner do God's people humble themselves under the rod than he returns in mercy to them.
II. God will give his own people to know what great favour he has in store for them notwithstanding the troubles he had brought them into (v. 25, 26): Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob.
1. Why now? Now God will have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, (1.) Because it is time for him to stand up for his own glory, which suffers in their sufferings: Now will I be jealous for my holy name, that that may no longer be reproached. (2.) Because now they repent of their sins: They have borne their shame, and all their trespasses. When sinners repent, and take shame to themselves, God will be reconciled and put honour upon them. It is particularly pleasing to God that these penitents look a great way back in their penitential reflections, and are ashamed of all their trespasses which they were guilty of when they dwelt safely in their land and none made them afraid. The remembrance of the mercies they enjoyed in their own land, and the divine protection they were under there, shall be improved as an aggravation of the sins they committed in that land; they dwelt safely, and might have continued to dwell so, and none should have given them any disquiet or disturbance if they had continued in the way of their duty. Nay, therefore they trespassed because they dwelt safely. Outward safety is often a cause of inward security, and that is an inlet to all sin, Ps. lxxiii. Now this they are willing to bear the shame of, and acknowledge that God has justly brought them into a land of trouble, where every one makes them afraid, because they had trespassed against him in a land of peace, where none made them afraid. And, when they thus humble themselves under humbling providences, God will bring again their captivity: and,
2. What then? When God has gathered them out of their enemies' hands, and brought them home again, (1.) Then God will have the praise of it: I will be sanctified in them in the sight of many nations, v. 27. As God was reproached in the reproach they were under during their captivity, so he will be sanctified in their reformation and the making of them a holy people again, and will be glorified in their restoration and the making of them a happy glorious people again. (2.) Then they shall have the benefit of it (v. 28): They shall know that I am the Lord their God. Note, The providences of God concerning his people, that are designed for their good, have the grace of God going along with them to teach them to eye God as the Lord, and their God, in all; and then they do them good. They shall eye him as the Lord and their God, [1.] In their calamities, that it was he who caused them to be led into captivity; and therefore they must not only submit to his will, but endeavour to answer his end in it. [2.] In their comfort, that it is he who has gathered them to their own land, and left none of them among the heathen. Note, By the variety of events that befal us, if we look up to God in all, we may come to acquaint ourselves better with his various attributes and designs. (3.) Then God and they will never part, v. 29. [1.] God will pour out his Spirit upon them, to prevent their departures from him and returns to folly again, and to keep them close to their duty. And then, [2.] He will never hide his face any more from them, will never suspend his favour as he had done; he will never turn from doing them good, and, in order to that, he will effectually provide that they shall never turn from doing him service. Note, The indwelling of the Spirit is an infallible pledge of the continuance of God's favour. He will hide his face no more from those on whom he has poured out his Spirit. When therefore we pray that God would never cast us away from his presence we must as earnestly pray that, in order to that, he would never take his Holy Spirit away from us, Ps. li. 11.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:23: the heathen: Eze 36:18-23, Eze 36:36; Ch2 7:21, Ch2 7:22; Jer 22:8, Jer 22:9, Jer 40:2, Jer 40:3; Lam 1:8, Lam 2:15-17
hid I: Eze 39:29; Deu 31:17, Deu 31:18, Deu 32:20; Psa 10:1, Psa 30:7; Isa 1:15, Isa 8:17, Isa 59:2, Isa 64:7; Jer 33:5
gave them: Lev 26:25; Deu 32:30; Jdg 2:14, Jdg 3:8; Psa 106:41; Isa 42:24
Geneva 1599
39:23 And the nations shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for (l) their iniquity: because they trespassed against me, therefore I hid my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies: so they all fell by the sword.
(l) The heathen will know that they did not overcome my people by their strength, neither yet by the weakness of my arm, but that this was for my people's sins.
John Gill
39:23 And the Heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity,.... Before this they thought the captivity of the Jews, and all their distresses, were owing to their own weakness, and the weakness of the God they served, and to the superior strength of their enemies, and the power of their gods; but now, by this strange and amazing destruction of Gog and his army, they will see that it was not owing to those things, but to the sins and transgressions of the people of the Jews:
because they transgressed against me; prevaricated with him, acted a perfidious and treacherous part to him, as the word (i) signifies; which they did, when they delivered Jesus of Nazareth, the true Messiah, into the hands of the Gentiles, to be crucified; it is their disbelief of Christ, and rejection of him, and maltreatment of him, that is here more especially pointed at; and which is the cause of their present long captivity and exile, and of all the afflictions and troubles they have since met with: so the Targum renders it,
"they dealt falsely with my Word;''
the Word made flesh, the incarnate Saviour:
therefore hid I my face from them; took no notice of them, showed them no favour, took no care of them; disregarded their prayers and cries, and removed his presence from them, and all the tokens of it. So the Targum,
"I caused my Shechaniah (or majesty) to remove from them;''
and thus it has been ever since, and now is:
and gave them into the hand of their enemies; the Romans, who took away their place and nation; which they feared would be the case, should many believe in Christ; but the true reason of it was because they did not believe in him, Jn 11:48,
so fell they all by the sword; that is, through the sword of the conquering Romans; they fell into their hands; some perished by the sword, and others were carried into captivity; and all were punished for their iniquity, trespass, and perfidy.
(i) "praevaricati essent contra me", Pagninus, Junius & Tremellius, Piscator, Polanus, Cocceius, Starckius.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:23 hid I my face-- (Deut 31:17; Is 59:2).
39:2439:24: վասն պղծութեան նոցա՝ եւ անօրէնութեանց՝ արարի նոցա զայն. եւ դարձան երեսք իմ ՚ի նոցանէ[12928]։ [12928] Բազումք. Եւ անօրէնութեանց նոցա արարի նոցա։
24 Նրանց պղծութիւնների ու անօրէնութիւնների համար արեցի այդ բոլորը եւ երես դարձրի նրանցից:
24 Իրենց պղծութեանը համեմատ ու իրենց յանցանքներուն համեմատ իրենց հատուցում ըրի ու իմ երեսս իրենցմէ ծածկեցի’։
Վասն պղծութեան նոցա եւ անօրէնութեանց նոցա արարի նոցա զայն, եւ [853]դարձան երեսք`` իմ ի նոցանէ:

39:24: վասն պղծութեան նոցա՝ եւ անօրէնութեանց՝ արարի նոցա զայն. եւ դարձան երեսք իմ ՚ի նոցանէ[12928]։
[12928] Բազումք. Եւ անօրէնութեանց նոցա արարի նոցա։
24 Նրանց պղծութիւնների ու անօրէնութիւնների համար արեցի այդ բոլորը եւ երես դարձրի նրանցից:
24 Իրենց պղծութեանը համեմատ ու իրենց յանցանքներուն համեմատ իրենց հատուցում ըրի ու իմ երեսս իրենցմէ ծածկեցի’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2439:24 За нечистоты их и за их беззаконие Я сделал это с ними, и сокрыл от них лице Мое.
39:24 κατὰ κατα down; by τὰς ο the ἀκαθαρσίας ακαθαρσια uncleanness αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατὰ κατα down; by τὰ ο the ἀνομήματα ανομημα he; him ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀπέστρεψα αποστρεφω turn away; alienate τὸ ο the πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of μου μου of me; mine ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
39:24 כְּ kᵊ כְּ as טֻמְאָתָ֥ם ṭumʔāṯˌām טֻמְאָה uncleanness וּ û וְ and כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as פִשְׁעֵיהֶ֖ם fišʕêhˌem פֶּשַׁע rebellion עָשִׂ֣יתִי ʕāśˈîṯî עשׂה make אֹתָ֑ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] וָ wā וְ and אַסְתִּ֥ר ʔastˌir סתר hide פָּנַ֖י pānˌay פָּנֶה face מֵהֶֽם׃ ס mēhˈem . s מִן from
39:24. iuxta inmunditiam eorum et scelus feci eis et abscondi faciem meam ab illisI have dealt with them according to their uncleanness, and wickedness, and hid my face from them.
24. According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions did I unto them; and I hid my face from them.
39:24. I have acted toward them in accord with their uncleanness and wickedness, and so I concealed my face from them.
39:24. According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions have I done unto them, and hid my face from them.
According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions have I done unto them, and hid my face from them:

39:24 За нечистоты их и за их беззаконие Я сделал это с ними, и сокрыл от них лице Мое.
39:24
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὰς ο the
ἀκαθαρσίας ακαθαρσια uncleanness
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὰ ο the
ἀνομήματα ανομημα he; him
ἐποίησα ποιεω do; make
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστρεψα αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
τὸ ο the
πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of
μου μου of me; mine
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
39:24
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
טֻמְאָתָ֥ם ṭumʔāṯˌām טֻמְאָה uncleanness
וּ û וְ and
כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as
פִשְׁעֵיהֶ֖ם fišʕêhˌem פֶּשַׁע rebellion
עָשִׂ֣יתִי ʕāśˈîṯî עשׂה make
אֹתָ֑ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
וָ וְ and
אַסְתִּ֥ר ʔastˌir סתר hide
פָּנַ֖י pānˌay פָּנֶה face
מֵהֶֽם׃ ס mēhˈem . s מִן from
39:24. iuxta inmunditiam eorum et scelus feci eis et abscondi faciem meam ab illis
I have dealt with them according to their uncleanness, and wickedness, and hid my face from them.
39:24. I have acted toward them in accord with their uncleanness and wickedness, and so I concealed my face from them.
39:24. According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions have I done unto them, and hid my face from them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24. “Нечистоты” и “беззакония” вероятно как везде у Иезекииля два рода грехов: религиозные (идолопоклонство) и моральные; см. объяснение XXXVI:17: и др.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:24: Eze 36:19; Lev 26:24; 2Kings 17:7-23; Isa 1:20, Isa 3:11, Isa 59:17, Isa 59:18; Jer 2:17, Jer 2:19; Jer 4:18, Jer 5:25; Dan 9:5-10
John Gill
39:24 According to their uncleanness,.... Not ceremonial, but moral; they were an impure and adulterous generation, as our Lord calls them, Mt 12:39,
and according to their transgressions have I done unto them; or "rebellions", as the Targum renders it; or defections, as the word (k) signifies; their rebellions against the King Messiah; their defections from him; their contempt of him, and rejection of his yoke, and non-submission to his ordinances; according to the desert of such crimes, the Lord dealt with them;
"took vengeance on them,''
as the Targum is; in the destruction of their nation, city, and temple: "and hid my face from them"; or caused his Shechaniah to remove from them, as the same paraphrase; See Gill on Ezek 39:23.
(k) "secundum defectiones eorum", Junius & Tremellius, Polanus, Starckius; "pro defectionibus ipsorum", Cocceius.
39:2539:25: Վասն այնորիկ ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ա՛րդ դարձուցից զգերութիւնն Յակովբայ, եւ ողորմեցայց տանն Իսրայէլի, եւ նախանձեցայց վասն անուան իմոյ սրբոյ[12929]։ [12929] Ոսկան. Վասն այսորիկ այսպէս։
25 Դրա համար էլ այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Այժմ յետ եմ դարձնելու Յակոբի գերեվարուածներին, ողորմելու եմ Իսրայէլի տանը, նախանձախնդիր եմ լինելու իմ սուրբ անուան համար:
25 Անոր համար Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Հիմա Յակոբը գերութենէ պիտի դարձնեմ ու բոլոր Իսրայէլի տանը պիտի ողորմիմ։ Իմ սուրբ անուանս համար նախանձախնդիր պիտի ըլլամ։
Վասն այնորիկ այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Արդ դարձուցից զգերութիւնն Յակոբայ, եւ ողորմեցայց [854]տանն Իսրայելի, եւ նախանձեցայց վասն անուան իմոյ սրբոյ:

39:25: Վասն այնորիկ ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Ա՛րդ դարձուցից զգերութիւնն Յակովբայ, եւ ողորմեցայց տանն Իսրայէլի, եւ նախանձեցայց վասն անուան իմոյ սրբոյ[12929]։
[12929] Ոսկան. Վասն այսորիկ այսպէս։
25 Դրա համար էլ այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած. “Այժմ յետ եմ դարձնելու Յակոբի գերեվարուածներին, ողորմելու եմ Իսրայէլի տանը, նախանձախնդիր եմ լինելու իմ սուրբ անուան համար:
25 Անոր համար Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ. ‘Հիմա Յակոբը գերութենէ պիտի դարձնեմ ու բոլոր Իսրայէլի տանը պիտի ողորմիմ։ Իմ սուրբ անուանս համար նախանձախնդիր պիտի ըլլամ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2539:25 Посему так говорит Господь Бог: ныне возвращу плен Иакова, и помилую весь дом Израиля, и возревную по святом имени Моем.
39:25 διὰ δια through; because of τοῦτο ουτος this; he τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master νῦν νυν now; present ἀποστρέψω αποστρεφω turn away; alienate τὴν ο the αἰχμαλωσίαν αιχμαλωσια captivity Ιακωβ ιακωβ Iakōb; Iakov καὶ και and; even ἐλεήσω ελεεω show mercy; have mercy on τὸν ο the οἶκον οικος home; household Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ζηλώσω ζηλοω zealous; jealous διὰ δια through; because of τὸ ο the ὄνομα ονομα name; notable τὸ ο the ἅγιόν αγιος holy μου μου of me; mine
39:25 לָכֵ֗ן lāḵˈēn לָכֵן therefore כֹּ֤ה kˈō כֹּה thus אָמַר֙ ʔāmˌar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֔ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now אָשִׁיב֙ ʔāšîv שׁוב return אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] שְׁב֣וּתשׁבית *šᵊvˈûṯ שְׁבוּת captivity יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב yˈaʕᵃqˈōv יַעֲקֹב Jacob וְ wᵊ וְ and רִֽחַמְתִּ֖י rˈiḥamtˌî רחם have compassion כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and קִנֵּאתִ֖י qinnēṯˌî קנא be jealous לְ lᵊ לְ to שֵׁ֥ם šˌēm שֵׁם name קָדְשִֽׁי׃ qoḏšˈî קֹדֶשׁ holiness
39:25. propterea haec dicit Dominus Deus nunc reducam captivitatem Iacob et miserebor omnis domus Israhel et adsumam zelum pro nomine sancto meoTherefore, thus saith the Lord God: Now will I bring back the captivity of Jacob, and will have mercy on all the house of Israel and I will be jealous for my holy name.
25. Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD: Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel; and I will be jealous for my holy name.
39:25. Because of this, thus says the Lord God: Now I will lead back the captivity of Jacob, and I will take pity upon the entire house of Israel. And I will act with zeal on behalf of my holy name.
39:25. Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy name;
Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy name:

39:25 Посему так говорит Господь Бог: ныне возвращу плен Иакова, и помилую весь дом Израиля, и возревную по святом имени Моем.
39:25
διὰ δια through; because of
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
νῦν νυν now; present
ἀποστρέψω αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
τὴν ο the
αἰχμαλωσίαν αιχμαλωσια captivity
Ιακωβ ιακωβ Iakōb; Iakov
καὶ και and; even
ἐλεήσω ελεεω show mercy; have mercy on
τὸν ο the
οἶκον οικος home; household
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ζηλώσω ζηλοω zealous; jealous
διὰ δια through; because of
τὸ ο the
ὄνομα ονομα name; notable
τὸ ο the
ἅγιόν αγιος holy
μου μου of me; mine
39:25
לָכֵ֗ן lāḵˈēn לָכֵן therefore
כֹּ֤ה kˈō כֹּה thus
אָמַר֙ ʔāmˌar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֔ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
אָשִׁיב֙ ʔāšîv שׁוב return
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
שְׁב֣וּתשׁבית
*šᵊvˈûṯ שְׁבוּת captivity
יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב yˈaʕᵃqˈōv יַעֲקֹב Jacob
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רִֽחַמְתִּ֖י rˈiḥamtˌî רחם have compassion
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קִנֵּאתִ֖י qinnēṯˌî קנא be jealous
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שֵׁ֥ם šˌēm שֵׁם name
קָדְשִֽׁי׃ qoḏšˈî קֹדֶשׁ holiness
39:25. propterea haec dicit Dominus Deus nunc reducam captivitatem Iacob et miserebor omnis domus Israhel et adsumam zelum pro nomine sancto meo
Therefore, thus saith the Lord God: Now will I bring back the captivity of Jacob, and will have mercy on all the house of Israel and I will be jealous for my holy name.
39:25. Because of this, thus says the Lord God: Now I will lead back the captivity of Jacob, and I will take pity upon the entire house of Israel. And I will act with zeal on behalf of my holy name.
39:25. Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy name;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
25. Изображается значение Гогова поражения для Израиля, чем речь возвращается к главному предмету этой части книги - восстановлению Израиля и делается переход к XL-XLVIII гл. - “Возревную по святому имени Моему” - см. объяснение XXXVI:21.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:25: Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob - Both they and the heathen shall know that it was for their iniquity that I gave them into the hands of their enemies: and now I will redeem them from those hands in such a way as to prove that I am a merciful God, as well as a just God.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:25: Now will: The return of a few Jews from Babylon, and their continuance, increase, partial reformation, and prosperity, till the days of Christ, followed by their present long continued dispersion, under the frown of God, and destitute of his Spirit, could in no degree answer to these predictions. Hence we must conclude, that some future events, exactly suitable to them, shall yet take place relative to the nation of Israel. Eze 34:13, Eze 36:21, Eze 36:24; Isa 27:12, Isa 27:13, Isa 56:8; Jer 3:18, Jer 23:3, Jer 30:3, Jer 30:10, Jer 30:18; Jer 31:3, Jer 32:37; Amo 9:14; Rom 11:26-31
the whole: Eze 20:40, Eze 37:21, Eze 37:22; Jer 31:1; Hos 1:11
and will: Eze 36:4-6, Eze 36:21-23; Joe 2:18; Zac 1:14, Zac 8:2
John Gill
39:25 Therefore thus saith the Lord,.... The Jews having been long punished for their sins; and being brought to repentance for them, and to faith in Christ, as they will be in the latter day: hence it follows,
now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob; or the captives of Jacob, the people of Israel, that have been carried captive into all lands; these shall be gathered from thence, and brought into their own land:
and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel; all the twelve tribes; which shows that this has not respect to the return of the Jews from the Babylonish captivity; for then the Lord had mercy on the house of Judah only; or the two tribes of Judah and Benjamin; but their return from their present captivity, and future conversion,
when all Israel shall be saved; as the fruit and effect of the rich sovereign grace and mercy of God unto them, Rom 11:25,
and will be jealous for my holy name; or, "zealous" (l) for the glory of it, that it be no more blasphemed among the Heathen; and that it be glorified among his own people.
(l) "assumam zelum", V. L. "zelabo", Pagninus, Montanus, Piscator, Cocceius, Starckius.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:25 bring again the captivity--restore from calamity to prosperity.
the whole house of Israel--so "all Israel" (Rom 11:26). The restorations of Israel heretofore have been partial; there must be one yet future that is to be universal (Hos 1:11).
39:2639:26: Եւ ընկալցին զանարգանս իւրեանց եւ զանիրաւութիւնս զոր անիրաւեցան. ՚ի բնակեցուցանել զնոսա յերկրին իւրեանց խաղաղութեամբ, եւ ո՛չ ոք իցէ որ զարհուրեցուցանիցէ[12930]՝ [12930] Բազումք. Եւ զանիրաւութիւնն զոր։
26 Եւ երբ նրանք անարգանք, անիրաւութիւն ստանան իրենց կատարած անիրաւութիւնների դիմաց, նրանց խաղաղութեամբ վերաբնակեցնելու եմ իրենց երկրում. ոչ ոք չի զարհուրեցնելու նրանց:
26 Երբ անոնք իրենց երկրին մէջ ապահովութեամբ բնակին ու վախցնող մը չըլլայ, այն ատեն իրենց անարգանքը ու իրենց ինծի դէմ ըրած բոլոր յանցանքները պիտի կրեն։
Եւ ընկալցին զանարգանս իւրեանց եւ զանիրաւութիւնն զոր անիրաւեցան[855], ի բնակեցուցանել զնոսա յերկրին իւրեանց խաղաղութեամբ, եւ ոչ ոք իցէ որ զարհուրեցուցանիցէ:

39:26: Եւ ընկալցին զանարգանս իւրեանց եւ զանիրաւութիւնս զոր անիրաւեցան. ՚ի բնակեցուցանել զնոսա յերկրին իւրեանց խաղաղութեամբ, եւ ո՛չ ոք իցէ որ զարհուրեցուցանիցէ[12930]՝
[12930] Բազումք. Եւ զանիրաւութիւնն զոր։
26 Եւ երբ նրանք անարգանք, անիրաւութիւն ստանան իրենց կատարած անիրաւութիւնների դիմաց, նրանց խաղաղութեամբ վերաբնակեցնելու եմ իրենց երկրում. ոչ ոք չի զարհուրեցնելու նրանց:
26 Երբ անոնք իրենց երկրին մէջ ապահովութեամբ բնակին ու վախցնող մը չըլլայ, այն ատեն իրենց անարգանքը ու իրենց ինծի դէմ ըրած բոլոր յանցանքները պիտի կրեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2639:26 И почувствуют они бесчестие свое и все беззакония свои, какие делали предо Мною, когда будут жить на земле своей безопасно, и никто не будет устрашать их,
39:26 καὶ και and; even λήμψονται λαμβανω take; get τὴν ο the ἀτιμίαν ατιμια dishonor ἑαυτῶν εαυτου of himself; his own καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the ἀδικίαν αδικια injury; injustice ἣν ος who; what ἠδίκησαν αδικεω injure; unjust to ἐν εν in τῷ ο the κατοικισθῆναι κατοικιζω settle αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐπ᾿ επι in; on εἰρήνης ειρηνη peace καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἔσται ειμι be ὁ ο the ἐκφοβῶν εκφοβεω terrify
39:26 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָשׂוּ֙ nāśˌû נשׂא lift אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כְּלִמָּתָ֔ם kᵊlimmāṯˈām כְּלִמָּה insult וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַעֲלָ֖ם maʕᵃlˌām מַעַל unfaithfulness אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מָעֲלוּ־ māʕᵃlû- מעל be unfaithful בִ֑י vˈî בְּ in בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׁבְתָּ֧ם šivtˈām ישׁב sit עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon אַדְמָתָ֛ם ʔaḏmāṯˈām אֲדָמָה soil לָ lā לְ to בֶ֖טַח vˌeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG] מַחֲרִֽיד׃ maḥᵃrˈîḏ חרד tremble
39:26. et portabunt confusionem suam et omnem praevaricationem quam praevaricati sunt in me cum habitaverint in terra sua confidenter neminem formidantesAnd they shall bear their confusion, and all the transgressions wherewith they have transgressed against me, when they shall dwell in their land securely fearing no man:
26. And they shall bear their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they shall dwell securely in their land, and none shall make them afraid;
39:26. And they shall bear their shame and all their transgression, by which they betrayed me, though they were living in their own land confidently, dreading no one.
39:26. After that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and none made [them] afraid.
After that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and none made [them] afraid:

39:26 И почувствуют они бесчестие свое и все беззакония свои, какие делали предо Мною, когда будут жить на земле своей безопасно, и никто не будет устрашать их,
39:26
καὶ και and; even
λήμψονται λαμβανω take; get
τὴν ο the
ἀτιμίαν ατιμια dishonor
ἑαυτῶν εαυτου of himself; his own
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
ἀδικίαν αδικια injury; injustice
ἣν ος who; what
ἠδίκησαν αδικεω injure; unjust to
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
κατοικισθῆναι κατοικιζω settle
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
εἰρήνης ειρηνη peace
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἔσται ειμι be
ο the
ἐκφοβῶν εκφοβεω terrify
39:26
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָשׂוּ֙ nāśˌû נשׂא lift
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כְּלִמָּתָ֔ם kᵊlimmāṯˈām כְּלִמָּה insult
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַעֲלָ֖ם maʕᵃlˌām מַעַל unfaithfulness
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מָעֲלוּ־ māʕᵃlû- מעל be unfaithful
בִ֑י vˈî בְּ in
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׁבְתָּ֧ם šivtˈām ישׁב sit
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
אַדְמָתָ֛ם ʔaḏmāṯˈām אֲדָמָה soil
לָ לְ to
בֶ֖טַח vˌeṭaḥ בֶּטַח trust
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֥ין ʔˌên אַיִן [NEG]
מַחֲרִֽיד׃ maḥᵃrˈîḏ חרד tremble
39:26. et portabunt confusionem suam et omnem praevaricationem quam praevaricati sunt in me cum habitaverint in terra sua confidenter neminem formidantes
And they shall bear their confusion, and all the transgressions wherewith they have transgressed against me, when they shall dwell in their land securely fearing no man:
39:26. And they shall bear their shame and all their transgression, by which they betrayed me, though they were living in their own land confidently, dreading no one.
39:26. After that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and none made [them] afraid.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26. См. объяснение XVI. 63.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:26: After that they have borne their shame - After they shall have borne the punishment due to a line of conduct which is their shame and reproach, viz. idolatry.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:26: they have borne: Eze 16:52, Eze 16:57, Eze 16:58, Eze 16:63, Eze 32:25, Eze 32:30; Psa 99:8; Jer 3:24, Jer 3:25, Jer 30:11; Dan 9:16
when they: Lev 26:5, Lev 26:6; Deu 28:47, Deu 28:48, Deu 32:14, Deu 32:15; Kg1 4:25; Mic 4:4
John Gill
39:26 After that they have borne their shame,.... And disgrace, among the nations where they are scattered; being captives, exiles, in distress and affliction, and under the manifest tokens of the divine wrath and vengeance: it may be rendered, "and they shall bear their shame" (m); that is, as Jarchi glosses it,
"when I shall do good to them, and not render to them according to their wickedness, then they shall bear their shame, and be confounded, and not able to lift up their face;''
as penitent persons, under a sense of divine wrath, blush, and are ashamed to look up to God; see Ezra 9:6. Menachem interprets the word in the sense of atonement and forgiveness, as it is used in Ps 32:11, as if the meaning was, then they shall have their sins, which caused shame, forgiven them. Kimchi's gloss is,
"they shall carry in their mouths, and make mention of their shame they had in captivity.''
And all their transgressions whereby they have transgressed against me; that is, the punishment of all their trespasses in their captivity, or the shame of them, being now brought to repentance; and which will be aggravated to them, when they remember that these were committed by their forefathers, and since approved of by them.
When they dwelt safely in their land, and none made them afraid; as they did in the times of Christ; they were in entire peace, and no enemy disturbed them; and were in the possession of their own land, and enjoyed the blessings of it, and had their religious as well as civil liberties; and yet rejected the Messiah, his doctrine, ordinances, and salvation by him.
(m) "et portabunt", Pagninus, Montanus, V. L. Grotius; "et ferent ignominiam suam", Starckius.
John Wesley
39:26 Their shame - Reproach for their sins.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:26 After that they have borne their shame--the punishment of their sin: after they have become sensible of their guilt, and ashamed of it (Ezek 20:43; Ezek 36:31).
39:2739:27: ՚ի դարձուցանել ինձ զնոսա յազգաց, եւ ժողովել զնոսա ՚ի գաւառաց հեթանոսաց։ Եւ սուրբ եղէ՛ց ՚ի նոսա առաջի ազգաց.
27 Երբ նրանց վերադարձնեմ ազգերի միջից, հաւաքեմ հեթանոսների երկրներից, սուրբ եմ լինելու նրանց մէջ, ազգերի առաջ:
27 Երբ զանոնք ժողովուրդներէն դարձնեմ ու զանոնք իրենց թշնամիներուն երկիրներէն հաւաքեմ, այն ատեն անոնց մէջ շատ ազգերու աչքերուն առջեւ պիտի սրբուիմ
Ի դարձուցանել ինձ զնոսա յազգաց, եւ ժողովել զնոսա ի գաւառաց [856]հեթանոսաց, եւ սուրբ եղէց ի նոսա առաջի [857]ազգաց:

39:27: ՚ի դարձուցանել ինձ զնոսա յազգաց, եւ ժողովել զնոսա ՚ի գաւառաց հեթանոսաց։ Եւ սուրբ եղէ՛ց ՚ի նոսա առաջի ազգաց.
27 Երբ նրանց վերադարձնեմ ազգերի միջից, հաւաքեմ հեթանոսների երկրներից, սուրբ եմ լինելու նրանց մէջ, ազգերի առաջ:
27 Երբ զանոնք ժողովուրդներէն դարձնեմ ու զանոնք իրենց թշնամիներուն երկիրներէն հաւաքեմ, այն ատեն անոնց մէջ շատ ազգերու աչքերուն առջեւ պիտի սրբուիմ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2739:27 когда Я возвращу их из народов, и соберу их из земель врагов их, и явлю в них святость Мою пред глазами многих народов.
39:27 ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἀποστρέψαι αποστρεφω turn away; alienate με με me αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste καὶ και and; even συναγαγεῖν συναγω gather με με me αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the χωρῶν χωρα territory; estate τῶν ο the ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste καὶ και and; even ἁγιασθήσομαι αγιαζω hallow ἐν εν in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing τῶν ο the ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
39:27 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שֹׁובְבִ֤י šôvᵊvˈî שׁוב return אֹותָם֙ ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker] מִן־ min- מִן from הָ֣ hˈā הַ the עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people וְ wᵊ וְ and קִבַּצְתִּ֣י qibbaṣtˈî קבץ collect אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אַרְצֹ֖ות ʔarṣˌôṯ אֶרֶץ earth אֹֽיְבֵיהֶ֑ם ʔˈōyᵊvêhˈem איב be hostile וְ wᵊ וְ and נִקְדַּ֣שְׁתִּי niqdˈaštî קדשׁ be holy בָ֔ם vˈām בְּ in לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֥ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people רַבִּֽים׃ rabbˈîm רַב much
39:27. et reduxero eos de populis et congregavero de terris inimicorum suorum et sanctificatus fuero in eis in oculis gentium plurimarumAnd I shall have brought them back from among the nations, and shall have gathered them together out of the lands of their enemies, and shall be sanctified in them, in the sight of many nations.
27. when I have brought them again from the peoples, and gathered them out of their enemies’ lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations.
39:27. And I will lead them back from among the peoples, and I will gather them together from the lands of their enemies, and I will be sanctified in them, in the sight of the many nations.
39:27. When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out of their enemies’ lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations;
When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out of their enemies' lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations:

39:27 когда Я возвращу их из народов, и соберу их из земель врагов их, и явлю в них святость Мою пред глазами многих народов.
39:27
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἀποστρέψαι αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
με με me
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
καὶ και and; even
συναγαγεῖν συναγω gather
με με me
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
χωρῶν χωρα territory; estate
τῶν ο the
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
καὶ και and; even
ἁγιασθήσομαι αγιαζω hallow
ἐν εν in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
τῶν ο the
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
39:27
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שֹׁובְבִ֤י šôvᵊvˈî שׁוב return
אֹותָם֙ ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
מִן־ min- מִן from
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קִבַּצְתִּ֣י qibbaṣtˈî קבץ collect
אֹתָ֔ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אַרְצֹ֖ות ʔarṣˌôṯ אֶרֶץ earth
אֹֽיְבֵיהֶ֑ם ʔˈōyᵊvêhˈem איב be hostile
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִקְדַּ֣שְׁתִּי niqdˈaštî קדשׁ be holy
בָ֔ם vˈām בְּ in
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֥ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people
רַבִּֽים׃ rabbˈîm רַב much
39:27. et reduxero eos de populis et congregavero de terris inimicorum suorum et sanctificatus fuero in eis in oculis gentium plurimarum
And I shall have brought them back from among the nations, and shall have gathered them together out of the lands of their enemies, and shall be sanctified in them, in the sight of many nations.
39:27. And I will lead them back from among the peoples, and I will gather them together from the lands of their enemies, and I will be sanctified in them, in the sight of the many nations.
39:27. When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out of their enemies’ lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27. Израиль, как и язычники, мог сомневаться в могущества Иеговы ввиду плена и рассеяния своего: возвращение из этого плена окончательно восстановит в Израиле правильное и твердое понятие о Боге, честь (святость) Его имени.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:27: When I have - gathered them - Antiochus had before captured many of the Jews, and sold them for slaves; see Dan 11:33.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:27: I have: Eze 39:25, Eze 28:25, Eze 28:26
and am: Eze 39:13, Eze 36:23, Eze 36:24, Eze 38:16, Eze 38:23; Lev 10:3; Isa 5:16
John Gill
39:27 When I have brought them again from the people,.... That is, then shall they be ashamed, and repent of all their trespasses and sins:
and gathered them out of their enemies lands; from the provinces of their enemies, as the Targum; when they are collected together in a body out of each of the nations where they are now dispersed, and brought to their own land:
and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; when they shall publicly repent of their sins, and forsake them, and seek the Lord their God, and the King Messiah, and embrace and profess him, and acknowledge that God has been righteous and holy in all his dispensations towards them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:27 sanctified in them--vindicated as holy in My dealings with them.
39:2839:28: եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր Աստուած նոցա, յերեւել ինձ նոցա ՚ի մէջ ազգաց. եւ ժողովեցից զնոսա յերկրին իւրեանց, եւ ո՛չ եւս թողից ՚ի նոցանէ ուրեք[12931]. [12931] Բազումք. Զնոսա յերկիրն իւրեանց։
28 Եւ պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ իրենց Տէր Աստուածը, երբ նրանց յայտնուեմ ժողովուրդների մէջ: Նրանց հաւաքելու եմ իրենց երկիրն ու այլեւս ոչ մի տեղ նրանցից մարդ չեմ թողնելու:
28 Եւ պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ անոնց Տէր Աստուածը. որովհետեւ զանոնք ազգերու մէջ գերի քշեցի ու զանոնք նորէն իրենց երկիրը դարձուցի եւ հոն մարդ մը չթողուցի։
Եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր Աստուած նոցա, [858]յերեւել ինձ նոցա ի մէջ ազգաց``. եւ ժողովեցից զնոսա յերկիրն իւրեանց, եւ ոչ եւս թողից ի նոցանէ ուրեք:

39:28: եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր Աստուած նոցա, յերեւել ինձ նոցա ՚ի մէջ ազգաց. եւ ժողովեցից զնոսա յերկրին իւրեանց, եւ ո՛չ եւս թողից ՚ի նոցանէ ուրեք[12931].
[12931] Բազումք. Զնոսա յերկիրն իւրեանց։
28 Եւ պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ իրենց Տէր Աստուածը, երբ նրանց յայտնուեմ ժողովուրդների մէջ: Նրանց հաւաքելու եմ իրենց երկիրն ու այլեւս ոչ մի տեղ նրանցից մարդ չեմ թողնելու:
28 Եւ պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ անոնց Տէր Աստուածը. որովհետեւ զանոնք ազգերու մէջ գերի քշեցի ու զանոնք նորէն իրենց երկիրը դարձուցի եւ հոն մարդ մը չթողուցի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2839:28 И узнают, что Я Господь Бог их, когда, рассеяв их между народами, опять соберу их в землю их и не оставлю уже там ни одного из них;
39:28 καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἐπιφανῆναί επιφαινω manifest με με me αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste
39:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֗וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that אֲנִ֤י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêhˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הַגְלֹותִ֤י haḡlôṯˈî גלה uncover אֹתָם֙ ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker] אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people וְ wᵊ וְ and כִנַּסְתִּ֖ים ḵinnastˌîm כנס gather עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon אַדְמָתָ֑ם ʔaḏmāṯˈām אֲדָמָה soil וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אֹותִ֥יר ʔôṯˌîr יתר remain עֹ֛וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration מֵהֶ֖ם mēhˌem מִן from שָֽׁם׃ šˈām שָׁם there
39:28. et scient quia ego Dominus Deus eorum eo quod transtulerim eos in nationes et congregavero eos super terram suam et non dereliquerim quemquam ex eis ibiAnd they shall know that I am the Lord their God, because I caused them to be carried away among the nations; and I have gathered them together unto their own land, and have not left any of them there.
28. And they shall know that I am the LORD their God, in that I caused them to go into captivity among the nations, and have gathered them unto their own land; and I will leave none of them any more there;
39:28. And they shall know that I am the Lord, their God, because I carried them away to the nations, and I gathered them upon their own land, and I did not abandon any of them there.
39:28. Then shall they know that I [am] the LORD their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them unto their own land, and have left none of them any more there.
Then shall they know that I [am] the LORD their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them unto their own land, and have left none of them any more there:

39:28 И узнают, что Я Господь Бог их, когда, рассеяв их между народами, опять соберу их в землю их и не оставлю уже там ни одного из них;
39:28
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἐπιφανῆναί επιφαινω manifest
με με me
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ἔθνεσιν εθνος nation; caste
39:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֗וּ yāḏᵊʕˈû ידע know
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
אֲנִ֤י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêhˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הַגְלֹותִ֤י haḡlôṯˈî גלה uncover
אֹתָם֙ ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִנַּסְתִּ֖ים ḵinnastˌîm כנס gather
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
אַדְמָתָ֑ם ʔaḏmāṯˈām אֲדָמָה soil
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אֹותִ֥יר ʔôṯˌîr יתר remain
עֹ֛וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
מֵהֶ֖ם mēhˌem מִן from
שָֽׁם׃ šˈām שָׁם there
39:28. et scient quia ego Dominus Deus eorum eo quod transtulerim eos in nationes et congregavero eos super terram suam et non dereliquerim quemquam ex eis ibi
And they shall know that I am the Lord their God, because I caused them to be carried away among the nations; and I have gathered them together unto their own land, and have not left any of them there.
39:28. And they shall know that I am the Lord, their God, because I carried them away to the nations, and I gathered them upon their own land, and I did not abandon any of them there.
39:28. Then shall they know that I [am] the LORD their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them unto their own land, and have left none of them any more there.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
28. “Испытания Израиля, так как и благодеяния, полученные им от Бога, возвысят мысль его к Богу и покажут ему, что все с ним происходит по воле Божией” (Тр.). - “Рассеяв их между народами”. LXX: “внегда явлюся им во языцех”. - “И не оставлю уже там ни одного из них”. “После падения Вавилона все израильтяне могли возвратиться в свою страну и те, которые добровольно остались на чужбине, имели, по крайней мере, в Ханаане свое отечество и в храме Иерусалимском место своего культа” (Генг.).
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:28: And have left none of then any more there - All that chose had liberty to return; but many remained behind. This promise may therefore refer to a greater restoration, when not a Jew shall be left behind. This, the next verse intimates, will be in the Gospel dispensation.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:28: shall they: Eze 39:22, Eze 34:30; Hos 2:20
which caused them: Heb. by my causing of them, etc. Eze 39:23
and have: Deu 30:3, Deu 30:4; Neh 1:8-10; Isa 27:12; Amo 9:9; Rom 9:6-8, Rom 11:1-7
John Gill
39:28 Then shall they know that I am the Lord their God,.... See Gill on Ezek 39:22;
which caused them to be led into captivity among the Heathen; for their sins and transgressions: and so the Targum adds,
"because they sinned before me:''
but I have gathered them into their own land; being now penitent for their sins, and believing in the Messiah: and so the Targum,
"and now, because they are converted, I have gathered them, &c.''
and have left none of them any more there; among the Heathen, or in the land of their enemies; everyone shall be returned to the land of Canaan, be they where they will, as when they came out of Egypt: and this is typical of the salvation of God's elect, or mystical Israel; not one of them shall be lost or perish, but all shall be brought to repentance: this again shows, that this prophecy did not respect the return of the Jews from the Babylonish captivity; since then many were left behind.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:28 The Jews, having no dominion, settled country, or fixed property to detain them, may return at any time without difficulty (compare Hos 3:4-5).
39:2939:29: եւ ո՛չ եւս դարձուցից զերեսս իմ ՚ի նոցանէ. փոխանակ հեղլոյ զսրտմտութիւն իմ ՚ի վերայ տանն Իսրայէլի. ասէ Տէր Տէր։
29 Ոչ էլ այլեւս երես եմ դարձնելու նրանցից, որ զայրոյթս թափեմ Իսրայէլի տան վրայ”», - ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
29 Անգամ մըն ալ իմ երեսս անոնցմէ պիտի չծածկեմ, քանզի իմ Հոգիս Իսրայէլի տանը վրայ թափեցի’»։
Եւ ոչ եւս [859]դարձուցից զերեսս իմ ի նոցանէ, [860]փոխանակ հեղլոյ զսրտմտութիւն`` իմ ի վերայ տանն Իսրայելի, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

39:29: եւ ո՛չ եւս դարձուցից զերեսս իմ ՚ի նոցանէ. փոխանակ հեղլոյ զսրտմտութիւն իմ ՚ի վերայ տանն Իսրայէլի. ասէ Տէր Տէր։
29 Ոչ էլ այլեւս երես եմ դարձնելու նրանցից, որ զայրոյթս թափեմ Իսրայէլի տան վրայ”», - ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
29 Անգամ մըն ալ իմ երեսս անոնցմէ պիտի չծածկեմ, քանզի իմ Հոգիս Իսրայէլի տանը վրայ թափեցի’»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
39:2939:29 и не буду уже скрывать от них лица Моего, потому что Я изолью дух Мой на дом Израилев, говорит Господь Бог.
39:29 καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἀποστρέψω αποστρεφω turn away; alienate οὐκέτι ουκετι no longer τὸ ο the πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of μου μου of me; mine ἀπ᾿ απο from; away αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀνθ᾿ αντι against; instead of οὗ ος who; what ἐξέχεα εκχεω pour out; drained τὸν ο the θυμόν θυμος provocation; temper μου μου of me; mine ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the οἶκον οικος home; household Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:29 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אַסְתִּ֥יר ʔastˌîr סתר hide עֹ֛וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration פָּנַ֖י pānˌay פָּנֶה face מֵהֶ֑ם mēhˈem מִן from אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׁפַ֤כְתִּי šāfˈaḵtî שׁפך pour אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רוּחִי֙ rûḥˌî רוּחַ wind עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈih] . f יְהוָה YHWH
39:29. et non abscondam ultra faciem meam ab eis eo quod effuderim spiritum meum super omnem domum Israhel ait Dominus DeusAnd I will hide my face no more from them, for I have poured out my spirit upon all the house of Israel, saith the Lord God.
29. neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord GOD.
39:29. And I will no longer conceal my face from them, for I have poured out my Spirit upon the entire house of Israel, says the Lord God.”
39:29. Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord GOD.
Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord GOD:

39:29 и не буду уже скрывать от них лица Моего, потому что Я изолью дух Мой на дом Израилев, говорит Господь Бог.
39:29
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἀποστρέψω αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
οὐκέτι ουκετι no longer
τὸ ο the
πρόσωπόν προσωπον face; ahead of
μου μου of me; mine
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀνθ᾿ αντι against; instead of
οὗ ος who; what
ἐξέχεα εκχεω pour out; drained
τὸν ο the
θυμόν θυμος provocation; temper
μου μου of me; mine
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
οἶκον οικος home; household
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
39:29
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אַסְתִּ֥יר ʔastˌîr סתר hide
עֹ֛וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
פָּנַ֖י pānˌay פָּנֶה face
מֵהֶ֑ם mēhˈem מִן from
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׁפַ֤כְתִּי šāfˈaḵtî שׁפך pour
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רוּחִי֙ rûḥˌî רוּחַ wind
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
בֵּ֣ית bˈêṯ בַּיִת house
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈih] . f יְהוָה YHWH
39:29. et non abscondam ultra faciem meam ab eis eo quod effuderim spiritum meum super omnem domum Israhel ait Dominus Deus
And I will hide my face no more from them, for I have poured out my spirit upon all the house of Israel, saith the Lord God.
39:29. And I will no longer conceal my face from them, for I have poured out my Spirit upon the entire house of Israel, says the Lord God.”
39:29. Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29. Через влияние Духа Божия на Израиля последний получит возможность жить в строгой сообразности с волей Божией (XI:19-20), греху не будет уже места, почему Богу не нужно будет отвращать гневного лица Своего от Израиля. Таким образом, этот стих - хороший переход к XL-XLVIII гл., излагающим именно те требования воли Божией, в которых Израиль будет ходить при теократии конца времен и который сделают его ненарушимо блаженным. - “Потому что Я изолью дух Мой”. LXX: “зане излиях ярость Мою” - должно быть по Плачу IV:22; Ис ХL:2, но против контекста.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
39:29: For I have poured out my Spirit - That is, I will pour out my Spirit; see the notes on Eze 36:25-29 (note), where this subject is largely considered. This Spirit is to enlighten, quicken, purify, and cleanse their hearts; so that, being completely changed, they shall become God's people, and be a praise in the earth. Now, they are a proverb of reproach; then, they shall be eminently distinguished.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
39:29
Compare Act 2:17. Peter distinctly appropriates these prophecies (marginal references) to the outpouring of the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost, and the inauguration of the Church of Christ by that miraculous event. This was the beginning of the fulfillment. They shall find their consummation when time shall be no more.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
39:29: hide: Eze 39:23-25, Eze 37:26, Eze 37:27; Isa 45:17, Isa 54:8-10
for: Eze 36:25-27; Isa 32:15, Isa 44:3-5, Isa 59:20, Isa 59:21; Joe 2:28; Zac 12:10; Act 2:17; Act 2:18, Act 2:33; Jo1 3:24
John Gill
39:29 Neither will I hide my face any more from them,.... The Jews, upon their future conversion, will always have the worship of God among them, and his presence with them; he will always take notice of them; they will ever be under his protection and care; he will never remove his Shechinah from them any more, as the Targum: a further proof that this refers to future times; for, after their return from Babylon, God did hide his face, and remove his presence from them, and left them to ruin and destruction by the Romans:
for I have poured out my Spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord God; this refers not to the effusion of the Spirit on the day of Pentecost, but to one that is yet to come, when the Jews will be converted in the latter day; after which God will no more depart from them, nor shall they depart from him; see Zech 12:10.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
39:29 poured out my Spirit upon . . . Israel--the sure forerunner of their conversion (Joel 2:28; Zech 12:10). The pouring out of His Spirit is a pledge that He will hide His face no more (2Cor 1:22; Eph 1:14; Phil 1:6).
The arrangements as to the land and the temple are, in many particulars, different from those subsisting before the captivity. There are things in it so improbable physically as to preclude a purely literal interpretation. The general truth seems to hold good that, as Israel served the nations for his rejection of Messiah, so shall they serve him in the person of Messiah, when he shall acknowledge Messiah (Is 60:12; Zech 14:17-19; compare Ps 72:11). The ideal temple exhibits, under Old Testament forms (used as being those then familiar to the men whom Ezekiel, a priest himself, and one who delighted in sacrificial images, addresses), not the precise literal outline, but the essential character of the worship of Messiah as it shall be when He shall exercise sway in Jerusalem among His own people, the Jews, and thence to the ends of the earth. The very fact that the whole is a vision (Ezek 40:2), not an oral face-to-face communication such as that granted to Moses (Num 12:6-8), implies that the directions are not to be understood so precisely literally as those given to the Jewish lawgiver. The description involves things which, taken literally, almost involve natural impossibilities. The square of the temple, in Ezek 42:20, is six times as large as the circuit of the wall enclosing the old temple, and larger than all the earthly Jerusalem. Ezekiel gives three and a half miles and one hundred forty yards to his temple square. The boundaries of the ancient city were about two and a half miles. Again, the city in Ezekiel has an area between three or four thousand square miles, including the holy ground set apart for the prince, priests, and Levites. This is nearly as large as the whole of Judea west of the Jordan. As Zion lay in the center of the ideal city, the one-half of the sacred portion extended to nearly thirty miles south of Jerusalem, that is, covered nearly the whole southern territory, which reached only to the Dead Sea (Ezek 47:19), and yet five tribes were to have their inheritance on that side of Jerusalem, beyond the sacred portion (Ezek 48:23-28). Where was land to be found for them there? A breadth of but four or five miles apiece would be left. As the boundaries of the land are given the same as under Moses, these incongruities cannot be explained away by supposing physical changes about to be effected in the land such as will meet the difficulties of the purely literal interpretation. The distribution of the land is in equal portions among the twelve tribes, without respect to their relative numbers, and the parallel sections running from east to west. There is a difficulty also in the supposed separate existence of the twelve tribes, such separate tribeships no longer existing, and it being hard to imagine how they could be restored as distinct tribes, mingled as they now are. So the stream that issued from the east threshold of the temple and flowed into the Dead Sea, in the rapidity of its increase and the quality of its waters, is unlike anything ever known in Judea or elsewhere in the world. Lastly, the catholicity of the Christian dispensation, and the spirituality of its worship, seem incompatible with a return to the local narrowness and "beggarly elements" of the Jewish ritual and carnal ordinances, disannulled "because of the unprofitableness thereof" [FAIRBAIRN], (Gal 4:3, Gal 4:9; Gal 5:1; Heb 9:10; Heb 10:18). "A temple with sacrifices now would be a denial of the all-sufficiency of the sacrifice of Christ. He who sacrificed before confessed the Messiah. He who should sacrifice now would solemnly deny Him" [DOUGLAS]. These difficulties, however, may be all seeming, not real. Faith accepts God's Word as it is, waits for the event, sure that it will clear up all such difficulties. Perhaps, as some think, the beau ideal of a sacred commonwealth is given according to the then existing pattern of temple services, which would be the imagery most familiar to the prophet and his hearers at the time. The minute particularizing of details is in accordance with Ezekiel's style, even in describing purely ideal scenes. The old temple embodied in visible forms and rites spiritual truths affecting the people even when absent from it. So this ideal temple is made in the absence of the outward temple to serve by description the same purpose of symbolical instruction as the old literal temple did by forms and acts. As in the beginning God promised to be a "sanctuary" (Ezek 11:16) to the captives at the Chebar, so now at the close is promised a complete restoration and realization of the theocratic worship and polity under Messiah in its noblest ideal (compare Jer 31:38-40). In Rev_ 21:22 "no temple" is seen, as in the perfection of the new dispensation the accidents of place and form are no longer needed to realize to Christians what Ezekiel imparts to Jewish minds by the imagery familiar to them. In Ezekiel's temple holiness stretches over the entire temple, so that in this there is no longer a distinction between the different parts, as in the old temple: parts left undeterminate in the latter obtain now a divine sanction, so that all arbitrariness is excluded. So that it is be a perfect manifestation of the love of God to His covenant-people (Eze. 40:1-43:12); and from it, as from a new center of religious life, there gushes forth the fulness of blessings to them, and so to all people (Eze. 47:1-23) [FAIRBAIRN and HAVERNICK]. The temple built at the return from Babylon can only very partially have realized the model here given. The law is seemingly opposed to the gospel (Mt 5:21-22, Mt 5:27-28, Mt 5:33-34). It is not really so (compare Mt 5:17-18; Rom 3:31; Gal 3:21-22). It is true Christ's sacrifice superseded the law sacrifices (Heb 10:12-18). Israel's province may hereafter be to show the essential identity, even in the minute details of the temple sacrifices, between the law and gospel (Rom 10:8). The ideal of the theocratic temple will then first be realized.